Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64

v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient

(v4.1)

Option Installation Manual

459800486591
Revision B

This document and the information contained in it is proprietary and confidential information of Philips Healthcare ("Philips") and may not be
reproduced, copied in whole or in part, adapted, modified, disclosed to others, or disseminated without the prior written permission of the Philips
Legal Department. Use of this document and the information contained in it is strictly reserved for current Philips personnel and Philips customers
who have a current and valid license from Philips for use by the customer’s designated in-house service employee on equipment located at the
customer’s designated site. Use of this document by unauthorized persons is strictly prohibited. Report violation of these requirements to the
Philips Legal Department. This document must be returned to Philips when the user is no longer licensed and in any event upon Philips’ first
written request.

© 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved.

CSIP Level 1
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Philips Healthcare
© 2013 KONINKLIJKE PHILIPS N. V. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

Warranty Disclaimer
PHILIPS PROVIDES THIS DOCUMENT WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, IMPLIED OR EXPRESSED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Limitation of Liability
PHILIPS HAS TAKEN CARE TO ENSURE THE ACCURACY OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOWEVER, PHILIPS ASSUMES
NO LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS AND RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES WITHOUT
FURTHER NOTICE TO ANY PRODUCTS HEREIN TO IMPROVE RELIABILITY, FUNCTION, OR DESIGN. PHILIPS
MAY MAKE IMPROVEMENTS OR CHANGES IN THE PRODUCT(S) OR PROGRAM(S) DESCRIBED IN THIS
DOCUMENT AT ANY TIME.

Password Notice
THE PASSWORD IS THE PROPERTY OF PHILIPS HEALTHCARE AND IS PROVIDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE
PURPOSE OF PROVIDING ACCESS TO SELECTED SERVICE UTILITIES WHICH ARE DESCRIBED IN THIS
SERVICE MANUAL AS BEING ASSOCIATED WITH THE PASSWORD. USE OF THIS PASSWORD FOR ANY
PURPOSE OTHER THAN FOR THE ACCESS TO THE SELECTED SERVICES UTILITIES IS STRICTLY
PROHIBITED.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 2
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Symbol Descriptions

! Attention symbol Radiation warning symbol

Laser warning symbol Biohazard warning symbol

Magnetism warning symbol Projectile warning symbol

Electrical warning symbol Do not touch

Crush warning symbol

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 3
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Safety Information
To the User of This Manual
The user of this manual is directed to read and carefully review the instructions, warnings and cautions contained herein prior to beginning installation or service activities.
While you may have previously installed or serviced equipment similar to that described in this manual, changes in design, manufacture or procedure may have occurred
which significantly affect the present installation or service.

!
WARNING In addition to the warnings listed above, make sure to follow all safety guidelines as
described in the Safety Manual. Failure to do so can result in severe personal injury.
Installation and Environment
Except for installations requiring certification by the manufacturer per federal standards, see that a radiation protection survey is made by a qualified expert in accordance
with NCRP 102, section 7, as revised or replaced in the future. Perform a survey after every change in equipment, workload, or operating conditions which might
significantly increase the probability of persons receiving more than the maximum permissible dose equivalent.

Diagnostic Imaging Systems - Mechanical-electrical Warning

All of the moveable assemblies and parts of this equipment should be operated with care and routinely inspected in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations
contained in the equipment manuals.
Only properly trained and qualified personnel should be permitted access to any internal parts. Live electrical terminals are deadly; be sure line disconnects are opened and
other appropriate precautions are taken before opening access doors, removing enclosure panels, or attaching accessories.
Do not under any circumstances, remove the flexible high tension cables from the x-ray tube housing or high tension generator and/or the access covers from the generator
until the main and auxiliary power supplies have been disconnected. Failure to comply with the above may result in serious or fatal bodily injuries to the operator or those
in the area.
Prior to any service and maintenance activities inside components:
Switch off the system at the main power supply (using the on-site On-Off switch), and the internal/external uninterruptible power supply (UPS).
Make sure that no other person can switch on power or switch off the security measures, when installation, maintenance or service work on the system is performed.
Always use an ESD protection wrist strap when servicing any component in the system.

Electrical-grounding Instructions
The equipment must be grounded to an earth ground by a separate conductor. The neutral side of the line is not to be considered the earth ground. On equipment
provided with a line cord, the equipment must be connected to properly grounded, three-pin receptacle. Do not use a three-to-two pin adapter.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 4
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Diagnostic Imaging Systems - Radiation Warning

X-ray and Gamma-rays are dangerous to both operator and others in the vicinity unless established safe exposure procedures are strictly observed.
The useful and scattered beams can produce serious or fatal bodily injuries to any persons in the surrounding area if used by an unskilled operator. Adequate precautions
must always be taken to avoid exposure to the useful beam, as well as to leakage radiation from within the source housing or to scattered radiation resulting from the
passage of radiation through matter.
Those authorized to operate, participate in or supervise the operation of the equipment must be thoroughly familiar and comply completely with the current established
safe exposure factors and procedures described in publications, such as: Subchapter J of Title 21 of the Code of Federal Regulations, “Diagnostic X-ray Systems and Their
Major Components”, and the national council on radiation protection (NCRP) no. 102, “Medical X-ray And Gamma-ray Protection For Energies Up To 10 MeV --
Equipment Design and Use”, as revised or replaced in the future.
Those responsible for planning of x-ray and gamma-ray equipment installations must be thoroughly familiar and comply completely with NCRP no. 49, "Structural
Shielding Design and Evaluation For Medical Of X-rays and Gamma-rays of Energies Up to 10 Mev", as revised and replaced in the future. Failure to observe these
warnings may cause serious or fatal bodily injuries to the operator or those in the area.
Add additional safety information as needed.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 5
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Revision History
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Revision History

ECO # Revision Date Comments

E-029888 A June 2013 Release for EV

Implemented comments made by EV team.

Modified:
Overview on page 15
Software Kit Contents on page 27
Hardware Kit Contents on page 28
Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers on page 115
Install the License Key on page 157
E-032435 B October 2013 Install the iPatient Option on the Currently Installed Console Computers on page 18
Record the Catalog, Schedules and HIS/RIS Settings on page 40
Required Tools on page 29
Estimated Time on page 26
Configure the Vertical S1 Server on page 144
Boot Flash, Application and JTAG Files on page 335
IP Address and Link Speed Setting on page 219
Moved Configure the Host and CIRS Servers on page 142

This document was prepared by CT BU Service Innovations.

For any additions, corrections, or suggestions, contact your next level of support.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 6
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Revision History .............................................................................................................................. 6

iPatient Option Installation Overview ........................................................................................... 15

Overview .............................................................................................................................................................. 15
Install the iPatient Option on New Console Computers.................................................................................. 16
Install the iPatient Option on the Currently Installed Console Computers ...................................................... 18
Prerequisites................................................................................................................................................... 20
General Requirements .............................................................................................................................. 20
Network Settings Requirements................................................................................................................ 22
Minimum Hardware Requirements............................................................................................................ 25
CIRS Server ....................................................................................................................................... 25
Dell T7400 Memory ............................................................................................................................ 25
Estimated Time............................................................................................................................................... 26
Kit Contents .................................................................................................................................................... 27
Software Kit Contents................................................................................................................................ 27
Hardware Kit Contents .............................................................................................................................. 28
Required Tools ............................................................................................................................................... 29
Handling Electronic Protected Health Information (ePHI)............................................................................... 29
Protect Patient's Health Information .......................................................................................................... 29
Removable / Portable Media ..................................................................................................................... 29
Safety.............................................................................................................................................................. 30
Safely Removing USB Devices ...................................................................................................................... 30
IST Smart Card............................................................................................................................................... 31
Auto-Run......................................................................................................................................................... 33
Supporting Documents ................................................................................................................................... 33

Pre Installation Tasks ................................................................................................................... 34

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x) ................................................................................. 36
Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x) ................................................................................................... 37
Delete ALL Raws ................................................................................................................................................. 38
Create a Dummy Raw Dataset ............................................................................................................................ 38
Acquire the Hospital Name .................................................................................................................................. 39

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 7
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Record the Catalog, Schedules and HIS/RIS Settings ........................................................................................ 40

Acquire the Computer Name................................................................................................................................ 41
Acquire the LAN Proxy Settings........................................................................................................................... 42
Acquire the IP Address and Link Speed Settings ................................................................................................ 44
Acquire the Hospital Logo .................................................................................................................................... 48
Collect Windows Network Paper Printer Configuration Settings.......................................................................... 49
Acquire the Tube Exposure Seconds and Counts ............................................................................................... 53
v2.6.x / v3.5.x is Currently Installed ................................................................................................................ 54
v3.6.x is Currently Installed............................................................................................................................. 55
Back up NVRAM .................................................................................................................................................. 56
Record the Remote Configuration Mode.............................................................................................................. 58
Copy the A-Plane .clb File.................................................................................................................................... 59
Back up the System Configuration....................................................................................................................... 60
Acquire Additional Files from v3.6.x..................................................................................................................... 63
Delete Templates Folder...................................................................................................................................... 64
Record the Worklist, Schedule, History, and PACS Settings............................................................................... 65
Acquire the LAN Proxy Settings........................................................................................................................... 67
Acquire the IP Address and Link Speed Settings ................................................................................................ 70
Acquire the Hospital Logo .................................................................................................................................... 75
Backup the A-Plane File....................................................................................................................................... 76
Back up NVRAM .................................................................................................................................................. 77
Record the Remote Configuration Mode.............................................................................................................. 79
Acquire the Tube Total System Shots Count and System Scan Seconds........................................................... 80
Back up the System Configuration....................................................................................................................... 82
Acquire the Audio Levels ..................................................................................................................................... 84

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 8
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Record Workflow Preferences ............................................................................................................................. 86

iPatient Hardware Upgrade ........................................................................................................... 87

Unpack the CRC Rack ......................................................................................................................................... 88
Remove Old Racks .............................................................................................................................................. 98
Connect the new CRC Rack ................................................................................................................................ 99
Anchoring the CRC Rack................................................................................................................................ 99
Drill Anchor Holes.................................................................................................................................... 100
Route the Harness and other Cables Between the CRC Rack and the Common Table/Counter ................ 101
Connecting the Signal Distribution Board (SDB) Panel ................................................................................ 102
Connect the CRC PDU ................................................................................................................................. 103
Connect the Host I/O Panel .......................................................................................................................... 104
Connecting the CIRS I/O Panel .................................................................................................................... 105
Fiber-optic I/O Panel Cable Connections ................................................................................................ 106

iPatient Software Upgrade ........................................................................................................... 108

Verify and Update the Host Computer BIOS Version ........................................................................................ 109
BIOS Update for Dell T5500.................................................................................................................... 110
BIOS Update for Dell T7400.................................................................................................................... 111
Verify the NGBP ASIC Configuration ................................................................................................................. 112

Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers ................................................... 115
Software v2.6.x / v3.x is Currently Installed ....................................................................................................... 116
Software v4.0.x is Currently Installed................................................................................................................. 126
Installing the Framework4Patch CD................................................................................................................... 136
Activate Windows Operating System ................................................................................................................. 138

Install CIRS Software ................................................................................................................... 141

Configure the Host and CIRS Servers ............................................................................................................... 142
Set the Time and Date on the Host Computer.............................................................................................. 142
Configure the Vertical S1 Server .................................................................................................................. 144
459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 9
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Synchronize CIRS Tables .................................................................................................................................. 149

Post Installation Tasks ................................................................................................................. 150

Post Installation Tasks ................................................................................................................. 151

Post Installation Tasks when Upgraded from v2.6.x and v3.x ........................................................................... 152
Post Installation Tasks when Upgraded from v4.0.x .......................................................................................... 153
Validate the Installation ...................................................................................................................................... 154
Install the License Key ....................................................................................................................................... 157
Obtain the License Key from the Philips Healthcare Website ...................................................................... 157
Install the License Key.................................................................................................................................. 158
Restore System Configuration ........................................................................................................................... 160
Configure Worklist, Schedule, History and PACS.............................................................................................. 172
Checking Device Connectivity and Configuration......................................................................................... 180
Program System Components ........................................................................................................................... 188
Programming the RCOM JTAG .................................................................................................................... 189
Program the ACS Controller from Host Computer........................................................................................ 197
Programming the CPM Boot and Application ............................................................................................... 204
Install Telnet Server ........................................................................................................................................... 210
Verify the I-Box Driver ........................................................................................................................................ 214
Restore LAN Proxy IP Address and Link Speed Settings.................................................................................. 216
LAN Proxy Settings....................................................................................................................................... 216
IP Address and Link Speed Setting .............................................................................................................. 219
Test the UTS Browser on the Host .................................................................................................................... 224
Initialize Adobe Reader ...................................................................................................................................... 226
Connect the Bar Code Reader........................................................................................................................... 226
Verify the Tube History Data .............................................................................................................................. 227
Install Windows Network Paper Printer.............................................................................................................. 232

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 10
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Configure Remote Services ............................................................................................................................... 238

Configure Ports............................................................................................................................................. 238
Connect to M2M Server................................................................................................................................ 239
Connect to M2M Server Through RSN ................................................................................................... 240
Configure Remote Services for Sites that Use Source NAT IP Addressing............................................ 243
Connect to M2M Server Through iSSL ................................................................................................... 250
Configure Voice Levels ...................................................................................................................................... 254
Restore Custom Voice Recordings .................................................................................................................... 256
Custom Voice Recordings in Existing Languages ........................................................................................ 257
Custom Voice Recordings in User Defined Languages................................................................................ 260
Record Voice Messages from the CT Box ......................................................................................................... 273
Import additional Files from v3.6.x Only............................................................................................................. 276
Set the Workflow Parameters ............................................................................................................................ 277
Confirm the Restore of the Host Name .............................................................................................................. 290
Convert Protocols............................................................................................................................................... 293
Install the Operation Manuals ............................................................................................................................ 299

Calibration and Adjustment ......................................................................................................... 302

Performance Infant Test ............................................................................................................................... 308
Running the Performance Test to Obtain the Acculon Value ....................................................................... 308
Acceptance Test ................................................................................................................................................ 313
IQ Check ............................................................................................................................................................ 315

Final Steps ................................................................................................................................... 316

Back up NVRAM ................................................................................................................................................ 317
Back Up System Information.............................................................................................................................. 320
Load v4.1 Firmware Files onto the FSE Laptop................................................................................................. 324
Configure and Verify the Anti-Virus Setting........................................................................................................ 326
Final Tests.......................................................................................................................................................... 330
459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 11
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Customer Information ................................................................................................................................... 330

O-MAR Image Labeling ................................................................................................................................ 331
Disposal of Removed Parts................................................................................................................................ 332
Host Computer and CIRS Server HDD Removal and Disposition................................................................ 332
Authorization of Media Disposition Form ...................................................................................................... 334

Appendix A: Boot Flash, Application and JTAG Files .................................................................. 335

Gantry Boot Flash and Applications Software Versions..................................................................................... 335
Firmware for Ingenuity Series ............................................................................................................................ 336
Firmware for Brilliance 64 .................................................................................................................................. 339

Appendix B: I-Box Driver Installation .......................................................................................... 343

Appendix C: Verify the System is in the PRS Installed Base Data ............................................... 349

Appendix D: Install the SyncRight Option ................................................................................... 352

Mount the 8-Port Network Switch....................................................................................................................... 353
Troubleshoot the SyncRight Option ................................................................................................................... 356
Services Issues............................................................................................................................................. 360
Network Adapters ......................................................................................................................................... 360
LAN 1 ...................................................................................................................................................... 360
LAN 2 - Injector ....................................................................................................................................... 360
LAN 3 ...................................................................................................................................................... 360
LAN 4 ...................................................................................................................................................... 360
Communication Between the Injector and the Certegra Box .................................................................. 361

Appendix E: NGBP Board Removal and Replacement ................................................................. 362

NGBP 5 ASIC kit Contents...................................................................................................................... 362
Shutting Down the CIRS Server and the Host ................................................................................................... 363
Pulling Out the G4 Server .................................................................................................................................. 364
Removing the NGBP.......................................................................................................................................... 369

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 12
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Computer Safety........................................................................................................................................... 369

ESD—Anti-Static Field Service Kit .......................................................................................................... 370
When Working Inside Your Computer .............................................................................................. 370
Protecting Against Electrostatic Discharge....................................................................................... 370
Remove the NGBP Board............................................................................................................................. 371
Installing the New NGBP .............................................................................................................................. 375
Reinstalling the G4 Server............................................................................................................................ 380

Appendix F: Reload the Acquisitor and NGBP Drivers and Firmware .......................................... 383

Appendix G: Change HOST - CIRS IP Addresses ......................................................................... 386

Hospital LAN Uses IP Addresses....................................................................................................................... 386
Change IP Addresses on the CIRS Servers ...................................................................................................... 387
Change Host-CIRS Connections Settings ......................................................................................................... 388
Configure Remote Desktop Connections for IP 10.168.x.x................................................................................ 390
Configure SyncRight Option IP Address ............................................................................................................ 391

Appendix H: Diagnose CIRS OS Installation Problems ................................................................ 393

Appendix I: Configure the Display Settings ................................................................................. 394

Appendix J: Connect to the Server Remotely .............................................................................. 396

Appendix K: Recreate the Hospital-LAN Network Connection ..................................................... 398

Appendix L: Dell T7400 Installing 8GB Memory ........................................................................... 400

Tools .................................................................................................................................................................. 400
Estimated Time .................................................................................................................................................. 400
Memory Kit Contents.......................................................................................................................................... 400
Computer Safety ................................................................................................................................................ 401
ESD—Anti-Static Field Service Kit ............................................................................................................... 402

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 13
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

When Working Inside Your Computer..................................................................................................... 402

Protecting Against Electrostatic Discharge ............................................................................................. 403
Installing the Memory Modules .......................................................................................................................... 404
Installing the 8GB Memory on Dell T7400 ......................................................................................................... 405
Configuring the Memory..................................................................................................................................... 407

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 14
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

iPatient Option Installation Overview

Overview
IMPORTANT ! READ THE ENTIRE OVERVIEW SECTION AND THE RELEASE NOTES BEFORE YOU
START TO INSTALL THIS OPTION!
IMPORTANT ! Do not create a backup until you are instructed to do so as part of this upgrade.
This manual describes the required activities to install the iPatient Option. It includes detailed instructions to support the
following iPatient installation scenarios:
• Install the iPatient Option on New Console Computers on page 16
• Install the iPatient Option on the Currently Installed Console Computers on page 18

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 15
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Install the iPatient Option on New Console Computers

This scenario includes replacing the currently installed console rack and computers with a new rack and new
computers. It is applicable for sites where these software versions are currently installed:
• v2.6.x (on Brilliance 64 TDMS only)
• v3.5.2 or higher (on Brilliance 64 TDMS, Ingenuity CT, Ingenuity Core128, Ingenuity Core)
• v3.6.x (on Brilliance 64 TDMS, Ingenuity CT, Ingenuity Core128, Ingenuity Core)
• v4.0.x (on Brilliance 64 TDMS, Ingenuity CT, Ingenuity Core128, Ingenuity Core)
The new, GEN 5 computers (Dell T3600 for the host and Dell T7600 for the CIRS server), are shipped inside a CRC
rack, with the iPatient software (v4.1) pre installed.
This scenario consists of these main procedures:
1. Back up the system configuration (manually and using software).
2. Remove the current CRC rack and the Console computers.
3. Install the new CRC rack and Console computers.
4. Configure the new Host and CIRS server.
5. Program system CPM and firmware components.
6. Calibrate the System and assuring image quality.
The workflow for this scenario is shown in Figure 1 on page 17.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 16
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Figure 1: Install the iPatient option with New Console Computers

IMPORTANT ! It is recommended that you print this page for quick reference as you make your way
through the manual.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 17
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Install the iPatient Option on the Currently Installed Console Computers

This scenario includes installing the iPatient software on the currently installed console computers, and it consist of
these main procedures:
1. Back up the system configuration (manually and using software).
2. Upgrade the Host and CIRS server software.
3. Configure the Host and CIRS server.
4. Program system CPM and firmware components.
5. Calibrate the System and assure the image quality.
This scenario is applicable for sites with the following prerequisite software versions and the customer has not opted for
a console upgrade:
• v3.5.2 or higher
• v3.6.x
• v4.x
The workflow for this scenario is shown in Figure 2.

Figure 2: Install the iPatient option on the currently installed Console computers

IMPORTANT ! It is recommended that you print this page for quick reference as you make your way
through the manual.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 18
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

This section also includes these topics:

• Prerequisites on page 20
• Estimated Time on page 26
• Kit Contents on page 27
• Required Tools on page 29
• Handling Electronic Protected Health Information (ePHI) on page 29
• Safety on page 30
• Safely Removing USB Devices on page 30
• Auto-Run on page 33
• Supporting Documents on page 33

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 19
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Prerequisites
This section lists the general, hardware, and software requirements, as follows:
• General Requirements on page 20
• Network Settings Requirements on page 22
• Minimum Hardware Requirements on page 25

General Requirements

!
CAUTION Comply with Handling Electronic Protected Health Information (ePHI) on page 29
• Make sure that the gantry filters are clean from dust and that the DMS fans are operational.
• Record the Collimator S/N.
____________________________________________________
• Make sure that the Mylar is clean and has no contrast drops on it.
• Run A Plane Z—mechanical Align. Correct if there is a skew.
IMPORTANT ! Make sure to close all the gantry covers before you run the functional scans.
• Make sure that the system functions correctly with the installed software version. Perform functional scans
(including axial, cardiac, and Helical scans) note and/or address any artifacts or anomalies that are present prior to
the upgrade.
• For remote configuration using iSSL, if Proxy is used then make sure you have the address, port, user name,
password and NTLM setting (Figure 3 on page 21).
NOTE iSSL configuration is recorded during the pre installation.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 20
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Figure 3:
NOTE All references to v3.x throughout this document, are referring to v3.5 with a minimum version v3.5.2.
• Obtain the new licence key. Make sure that the MAC address matches your computer and that there are no missing
options (see Obtain the License Key from the Philips Healthcare Website on page 157).
• Drive D:\ will be formatted and the RAW data on the CIRS will not be valid for v4.1 and will be deleted. Make sure
that the customer has reconstructed and backed up all the images on that drive prior to the upgrade.
• For v3.5.x, FCO#72800552 (CIRS BIOS and RAID Firmware Update) implemented.
• Before scanning of patients, Application Training must be scheduled to make sure that the protocols are analyzed
and checked for appropriate conversion results. Before you start this upgrade, make sure that the Application
Training is scheduled.
• If the Sync Right option is to be installed, make sure that the Philips representative contacts Medrad to schedule the
injector installation on the same day as this upgrade. All final cable connections to/from the SyncRight device
(Certegra box), must be performed with the Medrad representative and only when the software installation is
complete. Install now the network switch as listed in section Install the SyncRight Option on page 352. When done,
make sure that the system functions correctly with the installed software version. Perform functional scans
(including axial, cardiac, and Helical scans), and make sure that you can connect to a remote device.
• When you use a USB device to save the backup:
a. Connect the device to the FSE laptop.
b. Run a virus check to prevent a virus from infiltrating the system (right-click the icon for the device and select
Scan for threats).
• Review the Philips Anti-virus Service document on InCenter.
Download the DAT file and have it ready in case after the upgrade the Anti-virus service is not working. Refer to
Manually Update McAfee Virus definition files (Dat files)”.
459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 21
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

• Obtain information from the customer on whether they have custom voice recordings and if so, in what language.
Record this information below, including customer custom phrases.
Table 1: Custom Voice Recordings

Language Customer Custom Phrases

IMPORTANT ! The custom voice recordings are not automatically restored during this upgrade. They can
be restored manually, or the customer will have to record them again.

Network Settings Requirements

• Before you start the upgrade, review the current network settings for all devices with the Hospital IT and the
radiology department members to record the following (using screen capture prints or written down):

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 22
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

• When you record all devices - make sure to select Expert mode for all available devices.

Figure 4: Expert Mode

• Exclusion settings (ES CT, PS CT, ES SC).
• Devices that should be used for Copy Only (to device) - to be used for Storage only.
• Devices that should be used for Query / Retrieve (from device)
459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 23
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

• Devices that should be used for Store / Query / Retrieve (from and to device)
• List of manufactures and models.
• Which devices are "PACS" systems, that is, those that have more than one IP address and/or use Storage
Commitment. In this case, it should be noted whether the PACS has services (Query, Retrieve, Store) that may
need to be combined later on during the restore procedure.
• Which devices (normally PACS) are set with the "Transfer" (archived) icon.
• v4.1 supports Dose page and Exam Card summary page images which are 8-Bit RGB (color) Secondary
Captures. It should be decided with the site in advance which PACS or other nodes should receive these pages
and ensure that these pages can be supported without being blocked.
• v4.1 supports sending the Dose summary pages as "SR" (STRUCTURED REPORT). If the site has devices with
this capability and the customer would like this type of transfer, then record to which devices it should be sent.
• The site PACS device must be DICOM compliant. Refer to the Philips Ingenuity Series DICOM Conformance
document.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 24
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Minimum Hardware Requirements

CIRS Server
The CIRS must have the 5ASIC NGBP board installed.
NOTE Some CIRS servers in the field may be equipped with a 2ASIC NGBP board installed.
Instructions to determine which NGBP board is installed and to replace the NGBP board are provided in the Pre
installation Tasks section of this manual.
NOTE If you replace the NGBP board, make sure to attach the corresponding label on the server upon completion. The
label is included with the shipped 5ASIC NGBP board.

Dell T7400 Memory

NOTE The memory requirement is for Dell T7400 Hosts only.
Only if your Host is a Dell T7400 install the 8GB Memory kit supplied with your V4.1 upgrade kit (the Dell T7400 is
currently equipped with 4GB RAM).
For the complete memory installation instructions refer to Dell T7400 Installing 8GB Memory on page 400.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 25
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Estimated Time

Operation From v2.6.x (Hours) From v3.x (Hours) From v4.0.x (Hours) FSEs Comments

The CIRS server must have the 5ASIC

NGBP board installed (this is described
NGBP board replacement in Verify the NGBP ASIC
N/A 0.5 N/A 1
(if needed) Configuration on page 112). Only
required if upgrading to iPatient on
existing console.

Memory upgrade For T7400 only. May or may not be

0.5 0.5 N/A 1
(if needed) required.

Pre installation Tasks 1.0 0.75 0.5 1

iPatient Hardware Upgrade 2.0 2.0 2.0 1 May or may not be required.

The Host software is installed from

boot.
The CIRS software can be installed
iPatient Software Upgrade N/A 3.0 3.0 1 parallel to the Host software
installation.
Only required if upgrading to iPatient
on existing console.

The duration depends on the amount

Restore System Configuration 2.0 1.0 1.0 1
of nodes that did not convert properly.

Post Installation 1.0 1.0 1.0 1

Program System Components 2.0 1.25 0.5 1

If a tube adjustment is needed

Calibrations and Acceptance 6.0 4.5 0.5 1 additional time will be required to
perform additional calibration.

Final Steps 1.0 1.0 1.0 1

Total 15.5 15.5 9.5

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 26
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Kit Contents

Software Kit Contents

Table 2: v4.1 Software Media Kit (459800597051)

Item Part Number Name Comments

1 459800596941 iCT_uCT_BR64_1Click_4.1.0.XX260

2 459800596951 Framework4CD_4.1.0.XX260

3 459800596981 CIRS-4.4.29.1360_OS64

4 459800596991 CIRS-4.4.29.1360_APP

5 459800597011 CIRS-4.4.29.1360_Util

6 459800311981 T7400BiosA09Upgrade_1.0.0.0001 Dell T7400 BIOS (Version A09)

7 459800377151 T5500_Asset_Tag_80DF-A10 Dell T5500 BIOS (Version A10)

8 459800597021 GPC_5.3.23.1626 For Brilliance iCT only

This media is not to be used at RfLD. For Ingenuity Series and

9 459800184441 BR_1Click_V3.5.2.XX020 DVD Brilliance 64 systems only. Use this media when upgrading from v2.6.x to
v4.1.

This media is not to be used at RfLD. For Brilliance iCT systems only.
10 459800230971 Brilliance_iCT_1Click_3.2.4.19005
Use this media when upgrading from v3.0.1 to v4.1.

Table 3: v4.1 IFU Media

Item Part Number Name Comments

1 459800597061 PHCT_Ingenuity_4.1_IFU_1.0.0.0002

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 27
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Hardware Kit Contents

NOTE The CIRS server must have the 5ASIC NGBP board installed. Sites that require the NGBP board replacement
will receive the iPatient 5ASIC Upgrade Kit.
NOTE The Dell T7400 Host computer must have a minimum 8GB of RAM installed. Sites that also require the
additional memory for the Dell T7400, will receive the iPatient 5ASIC w/Memory Upgrade Kit.

Table 4: iPatient 5ASIC Upgrade Kit (459800597821)

Item Part Number Name Comments

1 453567383951 CIRS-NAQUADA BP,5 ASIC,1GB/ASIC N5BP1G

2 459800378491 Label, NGBP 5 ASIC Upgrade

Table 5: iPatient 5ASIC w/Memory Upgrade Kit (459800597831)

Item Part Number Name Comments

1 453567383951 CIRS-NAQUADA BP,5 ASIC,1GB/ASIC N5BP1G

2 459800378491 Label, NGBP 5 ASIC Upgrade

3 455011602931 ENH PERFORMANCE 7400

4 459800378621 Label, 8GB Upgrade for T7400

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 28
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Required Tools
• Standard FSE tool kit
• JTAG Programming kit (no JTAG via the laptop is performed in this upgrade)
• IST Dongle (smart card)
• USB storage device
• Cardiac Simulator
• ESD kit (if NGBP or memory need replacement)
• Phantom:
• Infant
• Eye
• System

Handling Electronic Protected Health Information (ePHI)

Protect Patient's Health Information

One of the most important assets to protect with security measures is the patient's health related information.
Many governments require maintaining the confidentiality of this information. Therefore, strict security measures must
be taken to guard this protected information.
(Users in the U.S.A. may find guidelines at http://www.hhs.gov/ocr/hipaa/)

Removable / Portable Media

When handling removable media such as hard drives, CD-ROMs, DVDs, and USB drives that store patient data (such
as data backups, etc.) be aware of these privacy protection issues:
• Patient data is under the authority of the health care provider and is not to be removed from the customer site,
unless there are clear instructions to do so. Otherwise leave the media with the customer.
• Inserting removable media can introduce a virus to the medical device. It is required to perform a virus scan on the
removable media using a recently updated CODE1-compliant computer before inserting the media into the system.
Refer to newsletter CT3241-21A for further information.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 29
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

• Removing media containing patient data can allow access to the data by unauthorized individuals.
• If the media is to be discarded it must be destroyed or disabled so that the data can no longer be accessed.

!
CAUTION Removable media that contains images and/or other medical information must be stored in a
secure area that is not accessible by unauthorized individuals.

Safety

!
WARNING Follow all safety guidelines as described in the Safety Guidelines Manual. Failure to
comply can result in severe injury.

Safely Removing USB Devices

Perform the following steps anytime you need to remove a USB device after V4.1 is installed.

1. Place the mouse pointer and then click on the up

pointing arrow on the taskbar (Figure 5).
The hidden icons are displayed. USB icon
2. Place the mouse pointer over the USB icon.

Figure 5: Windows 7 taskbar

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 30
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

3. Place the mouse pointer on the required device and

then click the mouse.
The context menu appears (Figure 6). USB device
to remove

Figure 6:
4. Click on the device you want to remove.
5. When the Safe to Remove Hardware notice
appears (Figure 7), remove the USB device from the
USB port.

Figure 7:

IST Smart Card

Throughout this document, you are instructed to log On as philips_service. In addition to entering the account name
and password at the logon window, you are also required to utilize your IST dongle.

!
CAUTION Before you use the IST Smartcard Reader (IST Dongle) on the Host computer, insert it to a USB
port on your laptop to make sure that the certificate is up to date.
When you log on as philips_service:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 31
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

1. Insert your IST Dongle to the Host computer USB port.

The IST Smartcard Login dialog box appears (Figure 8).
NOTE If the dialog box does not appear, reconfigure your
IST Smartcard Reader (refer to the Service Tools
User Guide, available from the InCenter.
2. Type your IST password, and click Login.

Figure 8: The IST Smartcard Login dialog box

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 32
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Option Installation Overview
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Auto-Run
NOTE This section provides guidelines only. Do not insert any media to any CD/DVD drive at this point.
Most of the CDs/DVDs are self-executable (Auto-Run). A menu appears automatically several seconds (up to half a
minute) after you insert the CD/DVD. If it does not open automatically:
1. Double-click on My Computer.
2. Double-click the CD / DVD / DVD-RAM drive icon.
NOTE If the Auto-Run is not activated, then double-click on the .msi file or the autorun batch file to launch the
installation wizard.

Supporting Documents
Make sure you have a copy of these documents per your system modality. They are available on InCenter.
• Ingenuity CT v4.0 Philips Anti-virus Service Manual
• Ingenuity Series (4.1) Calibration and Adjustment Manual
• Ingenuity CT System Hardware Programming Manual (no JTAG is performed in this upgrade)
• EBW v3.0 Network Installation and Configuration Manual (for LAN Config)
• Newsletter CT3241-21A - Restriction Policy Regarding the Connection of Non-approved External Devices to CT
Scanners
• Image Quality and Dose Testing for v4.1 Manual
• EBW Service Tools Framework User Guide for v4.5.1 and higher Manual
• For v3.5.x, FCO#72800552 (CIRS BIOS and RAID Firmware Update)
• v4.0 DICOM Conformance document at: http://www.healthcare.philips.com/main/about/Connectivity/
dicom_statements/ct_statements.wpd

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 33
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Pre Installation Tasks

IMPORTANT ! The pre installation tasks are provided in separate sections, depending on the currently
installed software version.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 34
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Pre installation Tasks

This section describes the required pre installation tasks, per the currently installed software version.
IMPORTANT ! Make sure that all the gantry covers are closed before you continue.
Click on the link that corresponds to the software version currently installed on your site:
• Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x) on page 36
• Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x) on page 37

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 35
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)

IMPORTANT ! Make sure that all the gantry covers are closed before you continue.
Perform these pre installation tasks:
• Delete ALL Raws on page 38
• Create a Dummy Raw Dataset on page 38
• Acquire the Hospital Name on page 39
• Record the Catalog, Schedules and HIS/RIS Settings on page 40
• Acquire the Computer Name on page 41
• Acquire the LAN Proxy Settings on page 42
• Acquire the IP Address and Link Speed Settings on page 44
• Acquire the Hospital Logo on page 48
• Collect Windows Network Paper Printer Configuration Settings on page 49
• Acquire the Tube Exposure Seconds and Counts on page 53
• Back up NVRAM on page 56
• Record the Remote Configuration Mode on page 58
• Copy the A-Plane .clb File on page 59
• Back up the System Configuration on page 60
• Acquire Additional Files from v3.6.x on page 63

IMPORTANT ! It is recommended that you print out this page for quick reference as you make your way
through the manual.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 36
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)

Perform these pre installation tasks:
• Delete Templates Folder on page 64
• Record the Worklist, Schedule, History, and PACS Settings on page 65
• Acquire the LAN Proxy Settings on page 67
• Acquire the LAN Proxy Settings on page 67
• Acquire the IP Address and Link Speed Settings on page 70
• Acquire the Hospital Logo on page 75
• Backup the A-Plane File on page 76
• Back up NVRAM on page 77
• Acquire the Tube Total System Shots Count and System Scan Seconds on page 80
• Back up the System Configuration on page 82
• Acquire the Audio Levels on page 84
• Record Workflow Preferences on page 86

IMPORTANT ! It is recommended that you print out this page for quick reference as you make your way
through the manual.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 37
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Delete ALL Raws

Use this procedure to delete locked data sets or all Raw files.
1. Log On as philips_service.
2. Proceed based on the software version currently installed:
• v2.6.x / v3.5.x: in the CIRS folder window, double-click on the Recon-S1 or Recon-s1.rdp-shortcut icon.
• v3.6.x: in the CIRS folder window, double-click on the Recon-s1.rdp-shortcut icon.
3. Log on as philips_service.
4. Double-click the Recon icon on the desktop of the server to open a command window.
To delete all data sets or Raw files:
5. Type “uts unprotect all del all” and press Enter.

Create a Dummy Raw Dataset

To create a dummy Raw data set perform the following steps:
1. The cmd window opens.
2. Type “uts sr 1" and press Enter.
A dummy RAW data set is created.
3. Close the Remote Desktop Connection window.
Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 38
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Acquire the Hospital Name

1. If needed, log On as philips_service.
2. If it appears, click OK on the temporary_service_key message box (Figure 9).

Figure 9:
3. If needed, on the desktop, double-click on Scanner Application.
4. On the right hand monitor, click Preferences.
5. Navigate to Scanner Options > Institute.

Figure 10: Institute Information

6. Record the information in Table 6 .
Table 6: Institute Information

Institute Name Address Department Product Serial Number

7. Click OK to close Preferences.

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 39
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Record the Catalog, Schedules and HIS/RIS Settings

NOTE The Catalog, Schedules and HIS/RIS configuration are optional and may not exist for your system.

1. To determine if the HIS/RIS, Scheduled, and the

Catalog features are active:
a. Check the icons on the top area of the Patient
Data Page in the Scanner Application (Figure 11).
b. Record the appearance of any of these icons in
the table below. Figure 11: Patient Data Page icons
Feature YES / NO

Catalog

Scheduled

HIS / RIS

IMPORTANT ! Note the guideline below.

The features mentioned above were implemented in the iPatient software using a different method.
Any of these features that were in use on your site with v2.6.x, v3.5.x or v3.6.x, will have to be configured in the post
installation process. The features and their v4.x equivalents are as follows:

v2.6/v3.5/v3.6 Feature v4.x Feature

Catalog History

Scheduled Schedule

HIS/RIS Worklist

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 40
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Acquire the Computer Name

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)

1. Log Off from the Scanner Application, and log On as philips_service.

2. On the desktop, right-click My Computer and click Properties.
3. Click the Computer Name tab.
4. Record the computer name (Figure 12).

Figure 12: System Properties

Table 7: Computer Name

Computer Name

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 41
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. Click Cancel to close the System Properties window.

Acquire the LAN Proxy Settings

1. From the desktop, right-click Internet Explorer and

click Properties.
The Internet Properties window opens.
2. Click the Connections tab (Figure 13).
3. Click LAN Settings.
The Local Area Network (LAN) Settings dialog box
opens (Figure 14 on page 43).

Figure 13:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 42
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

4. Record the settings as they appear.

SETTING NAME ENABLED/DISABLED

Automatically detect settings

Use automatic configuration

script

Address: ____________________________________________

Use a proxy server for your LAN

Address: _______________

Port: ___________________

5. Click Cancel in the Local Area Network (LAN) Settings

dialog box (Figure 14).
6. Click Cancel in the Internet Properties window
(Figure 13 on page 42).
Figure 14:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 43
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Acquire the IP Address and Link Speed Settings

1. From the desktop, right-click My Network Places

and click Properties.
The Host LAN Status window opens.
2. Right-click Hospital-LAN connection and click
Properties.
3. The hospital LAN Properties dialog box opens
(Figure 15).
4. Double-click on Internet Protocol (TCP/IP).
The Internet Protocol Properties window opens
(Figure 16 on page 45).

Figure 15:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 44
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. Write down the following information:

Proxy Setting Value

IP address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Preferred DNS Server

Alternate DNS Server

6. Click Advanced.
The Advanced TCP/IP Settings dialog box
appears.

Figure 16:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 45
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

7. Select the WINS tab (Figure 17).

8. Record all (if any) of the WINS addresses and the
LMHOST and NETBIOS settings (Figure 17).
• WINS addresses:
• ________________________________
• ________________________________
• ________________________________
• LMHOST lookup Enabled/Disabled.
• NetBIOS over TCP/IP:
• Enabled ________
• Disabled ________
• Default _________
9. Click Cancel twice but do not close any other
windows.
10. Click Configure (Figure 15 on page 44).
11. Click the Advanced tab (Figure 19 on page 47 or
Figure 20 on page 47).

Figure 17:
12. If the Hospital-LAN dialog box appears
(Figure 18), click Yes.

Figure 18:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 46
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Figure 19: Speed & Duplex Properties (Dell T5500) Figure 20: Speed & Duplex Properties (Dell T7400)

13. From the Property list, click Speed & Duplex (Figure 19 or Figure 20) and record the value in the Value field.
14. Link Speed: ____________________________
15. Click Cancel and close all open windows.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 47
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Acquire the Hospital Logo

If the customer uses a custom logo for reports, make sure you have access to the logo file, or ask the customer to
supply the logo file. The Backup and Restore utility does not back up the logo.

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v3.x)

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 48
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Collect Windows Network Paper Printer Configuration Settings

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)

Write down the settings for the Network Windows paper printers to be connected to the Host computer by performing
the following steps. If you do not have a Windows network paper printer connected to the system, then skip to the next
section.
1. Click Start > Settings > Printers and Faxes.
2. The Printers and Faxes window opens.
3. Record the Default printer name:
__________________________________________
A
4. Right-click on each windows paper printer in the
Printer name list and select Properties.
B
5. Record the following information (use the top cells for
the default printer): C
Name (Figure 21-A)
D
Location (Figure 21-B)

Comment (Figure 21-C)

Model (Figure 21-D)

Name

Location

Comment

Model

Name

Location

Comment Figure 21:

Model

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 49
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

6. Click the Ports tab (Figure 22).

7. Highlight the IP port and click Configure Port.

Figure 22:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 50
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

8. Write down the following values:

Port name (Figure 23-A):

Printer Name or IP address

(Figure 23-B): A
Protocol Raw/LPR (Figure 23- B
C):

Raw Settings Port Number C

(Figure 23-D):

Community name
(Figure 23-E): D
SNMP Device Index (Figure 23-
F):

Port name:

Printer Name or IP address:

Protocol Raw/LPR:
E
Raw Settings Port Number:
F
Community name:

SNMP Device Index:

Port name:
Figure 23: Configure Standard TCP/IP Port Monitor
Printer Name or IP address:
Dialog Box
Protocol Raw/LPR:

Raw Settings Port Number:

Community name:

SNMP Device Index:

9. Click Cancel twice to close all windows.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 51
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 52
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Acquire the Tube Exposure Seconds and Counts

1. Insert your IST Dongle, and enter your IST password.
2. On the desktop, double-click on the Service Tools icon.
3. Proceed as follows, per the currently installed software version:
• v2.6.x / v3.5.x is Currently Installed on page 54
• v3.6.x is Currently Installed on page 55

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 53
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

v2.6.x / v3.5.x is Currently Installed

1. Click Utilities (Figure 24).
2. Click Tube History Form.
3. Click Request Data from RHOST.

Figure 24:
4. In Table 8 , record the Exposure Counts and Exposure Seconds data.
Table 8: Exposure Counts and Exposure Seconds

Exposure Counts Exposure Seconds

5. Close the Tube History Form.

6. Do not close the Service Tools; it will be needed in the next section.
7. Continue with Back up NVRAM on page 56.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 54
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

v3.6.x is Currently Installed

1. Click Analysis from the top tool bar (Figure 25).
2. Click Tube History Tool from the applications list.

Figure 25:
3. In Table 9 , record the Total System Shots Count and Total System Scan Seconds data.
Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)

Table 9: Total System Shots and Scan Seconds

Total System Shots Count Total System Scan Seconds

4. Close the Tube History Tool.

5. Do not close the Service Tools; it will be needed in the next section.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 55
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Back up NVRAM
Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)

1. Open the E-stop by turning the key

on the CT Box to Open position.
2. In Service Tools, click Utilities from
the top tool bar (Figure 26).
3. Under the CPM Tools folder, click
Controller Utilities.

Figure 26:
4. If the Open ESTOP dialog box
appears, click Yes. (Figure 27).

Figure 27:
5. In the Connect As selection box,
make sure that Field Service
Engineer is selected, and click
Connect (Figure 28).

Figure 28:
NOTE The utility usually defaults to Can access to Controller. Sometimes, the first launch of Controller
Utilities may require you to select the access method. If so, select Can access to controllers.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 56
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

6. Click Service Mode (Figure 29).

Figure 29:
7. Click Utilities (Figure 30).
NOTE Wait while the application
interrogates the CANBUS for
controllers data.

Figure 30:

8. Click on the boxes for all the boards to select them

(GHOST, Couch, MDP, RHOST, DMC) (Figure 31).
9. Click on the Save NVRAM box.
10. Scroll down and click Submit.
NOTE When the process completes, the screen
refreshes and the check marks are cleared
from the boxes. Scroll up to view that area. Figure 31:

11. Scroll down and click the Return radio button, then click Submit.
12. Click Return.
13. Click Application mode.
14. After a period of time, the application button pops up, and the Ordinary Text window displays “Supreme Controller
Mode: App”.
15. Click Exit (do not close Service Tools).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 57
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Record the Remote Configuration Mode

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)

1. If the Scanner Application is running, log off and log

on as philips_service.
2. If needed, insert your IST Dongle to the Host
computer USB port, and enter your IST password.
3. if needed, on the desktop, double-click on the
Service Tools icon.
4. In Service Tools, click Repair from the top tool bar.
5. Click Remote Configuration from the applications
list. Figure 32:

6. Record the selected mode in the Remote

Configuration Mode field (Figure 32).

_____________________________________________
7. Close the Remote Configuration.
8. Close Service Tools.
9. Click OK in the confirmation dialog box (Figure 33).

Figure 33: Exit Service Tools Confirmation

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 58
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Copy the A-Plane .clb File

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)

To obtain the clb file:

!
CAUTION In the following step 1, make sure that you use the file associated with your A-Plane collimator
per the S/N that was recorded in General Requirements on page 20.
1. Insert the A-Plane Collimator CD into the DVD drive. Alternatively, obtain the latest .clb file from
http://pww.cle.ms.philips.com/aplane.
2. If needed, press the Windows + E keys.
3. Navigate to the DVD drive root folder.
4. Copy and paste the latest .clb file to C:\usr\diamond.root\cfg\site.
5. Close Windows Explorer.
6. Continue with Back up the System Configuration on page 60.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 59
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Back up the System Configuration

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)

NOTE Save the backup to the DVD-RAM media, or a USB device.

1. If needed, log On as philips_service.
2. On the desktop double-click the Backup/Restore icon.
3. The Backup Restore window opens (Figure 34).

Figure 34:
4. Select Backup and click OK.
The Backup/Restore window opens (Figure 35).
5. Make sure all the check boxes are selected.
6. Insert USB or formatted DVD- RAM.

7. Click Browse , and navigate to the DVD-RAM drive

or the USB device.

! Figure 35: Backup/Restore Window

CAUTION Do not set the backup to D:\temp as drive
D:\ will be formatted during the
1-Click software load.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 60
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

!
CAUTION Comply with Handling Electronic Protected Health Information (ePHI) on page 29.
8. Click OK.
NOTE While you backup to an external device, another
copy of the backup is saved to D:\temp.
9. Click Start Backup (Figure 35 on page 60).
The Log window opens (Figure 36).
10. When the backup is complete, END BACKUP appears in
the Log window.
11. Scroll up and check the log for errors.
12. Click Close in the Log window (Figure 36).
13. Click Exit on the Backup/Restore dialog box (Figure 35
on page 60).
14. Click Exit (Figure 37 on page 62).

Figure 36:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 61
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

NOTE It is recommended to copy the Bugrep files, if

such files exist, as described below.
15. Press the Windows+E keys.
16. Proceed according to the current software version:
• (v3.6.x) Navigate to D:\PMS\Bugrep\Packages.
• (v2.6.x/v3.5.x) Navigate to D:\Bugrep\Reports.
17. Copy all the files to the DVD-RAM or USB device.
18. Depending on the software version currently
installed: Figure 37:
• if v3.6.x, continue with Acquire Additional Files
from v3.6.x on page 63.
• if v2.6.x/v3.5.x, continue with Step 19 on page 62.
19. Close Windows Explorer.
20. Remove the USB device or DVD-RAM.

!
CAUTION Only remove the USB storage device by selecting the “Safely remove hardware” dialog on the
Windows task bar.
21. Continue to iPatient Hardware Upgrade on page 87.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 62
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Acquire Additional Files from v3.6.x

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v2.6.x and v3.x)

NOTE If you upgrade from v2.6.x or v3.5.x, then skip now to Step 8 on page 63.
1. If needed press the Windows + E keys.
2. Navigate to d:\usp.data\log\DoseCheck.
3. Copy the DoseLog.xml file to the USB storage device or the DVD-RAM.
4. Navigate to c:\usr\diamond.root\cfg\site.
5. Copy the DoseCheck.cfg file to the USB storage device or the DVD-RAM.
6. Remove the USB device or DVD-RAM.

!
CAUTION Only remove the USB storage device by selecting the “Safely remove hardware” dialog on the
Windows task bar.
7. Close Windows Explorer.
8. Close any open windows.

IMPORTANT ! You have completed the pre installation tasks. Proceed as follows:

If you are installing the iPatient option on new console computers then continue now
to iPatient Hardware Upgrade on page 87.

If you are installing the iPatient option on the currently installed console computers then
continue now to iPatient Software Upgrade on page 108.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 63
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks for Upgrades from v4.x
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Delete Templates Folder

IMPORTANT ! Only perform this procedure and the following pre installation procedures if you are
upgrading from v4.x.
Pre installation Tasks for Upgrades from v4.x

1. Log On as philips_service.
2. Press the Windows + E keys.
3. Navigate to the folder C:\Program Files\Philips\psa\4.2\etc.
4. Delete the folder C:\Program Files\Philips\psa\4.2\etc\templates.
5. Close the Windows Explorer.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 64
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Record the Worklist, Schedule, History, and PACS Settings

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)

NOTE The Worklist, Schedule, and History configuration is optional and may not exist for your system.
The HIS/RIS, Local Devices / History Database and Local Devices / Schedule Database settings in LANConfig must be
recorded. They will be manually restored in the post installation procedures (refer to EBW v3.0 Network Installation and
Configuration Manual (for LANConfig)).
1. If the Workflow is running, then close it.
2. On the Microsoft Windows desktop, click LANConfig.
3. Click HIS / RIS.
4. Click Advance.
5. If it exists, click on the HIS/RIS node and record the HIS/RIS settings in Table 10 .
6. Click Local Devices.
7. If it exists, click Schedule Device and record the settings in Table 11 on page 66.
8. If it exists click History Database and record the settings in Table 11 on page 66.
9. Click Exit to close LANConfig.
Table 10:

HIS/RIS Description Value

HIS/RIS Name

MaxPDU

ARTimer

Type

IP

Port

AE-Title

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 65
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Table 11:

Schedule Database Value

Path

AE-Title

Path

Data History Value

Path

AE-Title

Folder name

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 66
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Acquire the LAN Proxy Settings

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)

1. On the Microsoft Windows desktop, right-

click Network and select Properties.
The Network and Sharing Center window
opens (Figure 38).
2. Click Internet Options.
The Internet Properties window opens
(Figure 39).

Figure 38:
3. Click the Connections tab.

Figure 39:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 67
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

4. Click LAN Settings (Figure 40).

The Local Area Network Settings dialog
box opens (Figure 41 on page 69).

Figure 40:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 68
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. Record these settings:

SETTING NAME ENABLED/DISABLED

Automatically detect settings

Use automatic configuration

script

Address: ____________________________________________

Use a proxy server for your LAN

Address: _______________

Port: ___________________

Figure 41:
7. In Local Area Network Settings (Figure 41), click Cancel.
8. In Internet Properties (Figure 40 on page 68), click Cancel.
9. Do not close the Network and Sharing Center window (Figure 38 on page 67).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 69
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Acquire the IP Address and Link Speed Settings

1. Click Hospital-LAN (Figure 42).

The Hospital-LAN Status window opens
(Figure 43 on page 71).

Figure 42:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 70
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

2. Click Properties (Figure 43).

The Hospital-LAN Properties window opens
(Figure 44).

Figure 43:
3. Double-click on Internet Protocol Version 4
(TCP/IPv4) (Figure 44-A).
4. If you are prompted to proceed, click Yes
(Figure 44-B).

B
A

Figure 44:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 71
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. Write down the following information:

Proxy Setting Value

IP address

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

Preferred DNS Server

Alternate DNS Server

NOTE If either the Obtain an IP address

Automatically or the Obtain DNS server
address Automatically control is selected,
record this fact as well.

Figure 45:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 72
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

6. Click Advanced (Figure on page 72).

The Advanced TCP/IP Settings dialog box
appears (Figure 46).
7. Click on the WINS tab (Figure 46).

Figure 46:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 73
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

8. Record all (if any) of the WINS addresses and the

LMHOST and NETBIOS settings (Figure 46 on
page 73).
• WINS addresses:
• ___________________ T5500
• ___________________
• ___________________
• LMHOST lookup Enabled/Disabled.
• NetBIOS over TCP/IP:
T7400
• Default _________
• Enabled ________
• Disabled ________
9. Click Cancel twice but do not close any other
windows.

Figure 47:
10. Click Configure (Figure 44 on page 71).
11. If you are prompted to proceed, click Yes
(Figure 48).
12. Click the Advanced tab (Figure 47).
13. On the Property list, click Speed & Duplex and
record the value in the Value field.

Figure 48:
14. Link Speed: __________________________________
15. Click Cancel and close all open windows.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 74
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Acquire the Hospital Logo

NOTE If the customer is not using a logo, then skip this section.
1. Press the Windows + E keys, and navigate to C:\PMS\Config\System\Reporting\Logos.
2. If the file names do not contain the word “logo” then skip to Step 4 on page 75.
3. Manually copy the same logo that you found to a USB storage device or a DVD-RAM.
4. If the customer’s custom logo is not found, ask Hospital IT for a copy and save it to a backup device.
5. Do not close Windows Explorer.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 75
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Backup the A-Plane File

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)

1. Navigate to: C:\pms\Config\ScannerFramework\Physics\Site\Brilliance\.

2. Check if the .clb file exists. If the file exists, then close Windows Explorer and continue with Back up NVRAM on
page 77.
3. If the file is not available in this folder, copy it to this location from the A-Plane CD or the web site, as follows:

!
CAUTION Make sure that you use the file associated with your A-Plane collimator serial number.
a. Insert the A-Plane Collimator CD into the DVD drive. Alternatively, obtain the latest .clb file from
http://pww.cle.ms.philips.com/aplane.
b. If needed, press the Windows + E keys.
c. Navigate to the DVD drive root folder.
d. Copy and paste the latest .clb file to C:\usr\diamond.root\cfg\site.
e. Close Windows Explorer.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 76
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Back up NVRAM
Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)

1. Insert the IST dongle and enter the password (IST Smart Card on page 31).
2. Open the E-stop by turning the key on the CT Box to Open position.

3. On the Host desktop, double-click on

the Service Tools icon.
4. Click Utilities (Figure 49).
5. Click CPM Tools.
6. Click Controller Utilities.
7. Click Yes if a message appears to
open the EStop.

Figure 49: Selecting Controller Utilities

8. In the Connect As selection box,
select Field Service Engineer, and
click Connect (Figure 50).

Figure 50: Connecting as FSE

NOTE The utility usually defaults to Can access to Controller. Sometimes, the first launch of Controller
Utilities may require you to select the access method. If so, select Can access to controllers.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 77
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

9. Click Service Mode.

Figure 51:
10. Click Utilities.
NOTE Wait while the application
interrogates the CANBUS for
controllers data.

Figure 52:
11. Click on the boxes for all the boards
to select them (GHOST, Couch,
MDP, RHOST, DMC) (Figure 53).
12. Click on the Save NVRAM box.
13. Scroll down and click Submit.
NOTE When the process completes,
the screen refreshes and the Figure 53:
check boxes are cleared.
14. On the bottom of the menu, click Return and click Submit.
15. Click Return.
16. Click Application mode.
After some time, the application button will popup and the Ordinary Text window displays Supreme Controller
Mode: App.
17. Click Exit.
18. Close Controller Utilities (do not close Service Tools).
19. Press the Windows + E keys.
20. Navigate to and copy the C:\usr\diamond.root\Diag\backup folder to a USB storage device or a DVD-RAM.
21. Close Windows Explorer.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 78
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Record the Remote Configuration Mode

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)

1. In Service Tools, click the Repair tab.

Figure 54:
2. On the Application List, click Remote
Configuration.

Figure 55:
3. Record the selected mode in the Remote
Configuration Mode field (Figure 56).

____________________________________________
4. Close the Remote Configuration application.

Figure 56:
5. Do not close Service Tools.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 79
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Acquire the Tube Total System Shots Count and System Scan Seconds
Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)

1. In Service Tools, click Analysis.

2. In the Applications List, click Tube History
Tool (Figure 57).

Figure 57:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 80
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

3. In the Tube History Tool window, click

Total System Scan Seconds (Figure 58).

Figure 58:
4. Record the Total System Shots Count
and Total System Scan Seconds data
(Table 12 ).
5. Close the Tube History Tool.
6. Close the Service Tools.
7. Click OK at the confirmation dialog box Figure 59:
(Figure 59).
Table 12: Total System Shots and Scan Seconds

Total System Scan Seconds Total System Shots Count

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 81
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Back up the System Configuration

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)

1. If needed, log On as philips_service.

2. On the Microsoft Windows Desktop, double-click BackupRestoreTool.
The Backup and Restore Tool window opens (Figure 60).

Backup Components

Backup progress
indicator

Figure 60: Backup and Restore Tool Window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 82
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

3. Enter your name in the User Name field.

4. If needed, click Browse to set the backup
archive location (D:\ServiceTemp, the
DVD-RAM drive, or USB storage device).
5. If needed, rename the backup file name
to a meaningful name (if listed, it is
recommended to delete the “_not
available_” string).
6. Enter a comment in the Comment field
(optional).
7. Click Backup.
8. Wait for the progress bar on the bottom
left to reach 100%. Figure 61:

9. The BackupRestoreTool - Results window

opens (Figure 61).
10. Ignore any FileNotFound messages.
11. Close the log window.

!
CAUTIONComply with Handling Electronic Protected Health Information (ePHI) on page 29.
12. Close the BackupRestoreTool window (Figure 60 on page 82).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 83
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Acquire the Audio Levels

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)

1. On the Host computer click Start > Control Panel.

2. Set the View by list to Large icons (Figure 62).

Figure 62: Control Panel window

S

3. Scroll down and click Sound (Figure 63).

The Sound window opens (Figure 64).

Figure 63: Sound Icon in Control Panel

4. Double-click the Speakers icon.
The Speakers Properties window opens (Figure 65 on
page 85).

Figure 64: Sound Window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 84
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. Click the Levels tab.

6. Record the levels of these sliders (Figure 65):
• Speakers ____________________________
• Microphone __________________________
• Rear Input ___________________________
7. To close Speakers Properties, click Cancel (Figure 65).
8. To close Sound, click Cancel (Figure 64 on page 84).
9. Close the Control Panel window.

Figure 65: Speakers Properties Window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 85
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Record Workflow Preferences

Pre installation Tasks (for Upgrades from v4.x)

1. From the desktop, launch Workflow.

2. On the right hand monitor click Preferences.
NOTE When you take a screen capture of the preferences for each of the 3 screens, you may need to click Cancel in the
Preferences window in order to see the Snagit editor.
3. Using Snagit, take a screen capture of the following Preferences tabs:
• Scanning Options
• Exam Summary
• Dose Management
4. Save the screen capture files on the USB device or DVD-RAM.
5. Eject the USB or DVD-RAM.
6. Click Cancel to close the Preferences window.
7. Log out from the Workflow application.

IMPORTANT ! You have completed the pre installation tasks. Proceed as follows:

If you are installing the iPatient option on new console computers then continue now
to iPatient Hardware Upgrade on page 87.

If you are installing the iPatient option on the currently installed console computers then
continue now to iPatient Software Upgrade on page 108.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 86
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

iPatient Hardware Upgrade

IMPORTANT ! Only sites that purchased the iPatient Hardware option (new computers in a new CRC
rack) are to perform the instructions described in this section.
If you are installing the iPatient option on the currently installed console computers, then
skip now to iPatient Software Upgrade on page 108.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 87
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Unpack the CRC Rack

iPatient Hardware Upgrade

!
WARNING Lifting Hazard. The CRC Rack is heavy. Use caution when moving the Rack. Failure
to comply can result in injury to personnel.

WARNING Projectile Hazard. Wear eye protection. The S-clips on the shipping crate are under
tension and can fly off during removal. Failure to comply can result in injury to
personnel.
NOTE The computers inside the rack are shipped pre loaded with the iPatient software. When you complete the
installation of the new CRC rack and the removal of the old rack (or racks), you will continue with validating the
software versions on the new computers (Dell T3600 Host, and Dell T7600 CIRS Server).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 88
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

1. Use a prying tool to remove the S-clips that secure the shipping crate.

S-clips

Figure 66:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 89
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

2. Remove the Top, Front, and Back crate sides. Then remove the crate sides (Figure 67).

Top

Sides

Front/
Back

Figure 67: CRC Crate Exploded View

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 90
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

3. Use a screw driver to remove the screws in the Front

Metal Brackets (Figure 68).
4. Remove the Front Metal Brackets.

Figure 68:
5. Place the top Ramp piece against the Crate base
and secure with the S-clips that you removed in
Step 1 on page 89.

Figure 69:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 91
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

6. Place the Metal bracket of the Ramp into the slot

shown in Figure 70, Figure 71 and Figure 72.

Figure 70:

7. Carefully allow the CRC Rack to move down the ramp.

Figure 71:

Figure 72:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 92
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

8. Open the Front Door of the CRC Rack.

9. Remove and discard the front retaining bracket (Figure 73).
10. Remove and discard the packing foam from the front of computers.

Packing foam around the

computers.

Host

Retaining Bracket
(secured with two thumbscrews)

CIRS Server

Figure 73:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 93
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

11. Pull on the retaining spring, and flip the bracket to the right (to block the CIRS Server tray).

Retaining Spring Bracket

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 94
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

12. Slide out the S2 server, and remove the foam block from the rear of the S2 server.

Foam block behind CIRS server.

Figure 74:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 95
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

13. Make sure there are no loose connections to the back of the S2 Server.
14. Push in the S2 Server.
15. Pull on the retaining spring, and flip the bracket to the left (to block the S2 Server tray).

Bracket Retaining Spring

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 96
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

16. Slide out the S1 Server, and remove and discard the foam block from the rear of the S1 Server.

Foam block behind S1 Server

Figure 75:
17. Make sure there are no loose connections to the back of the S1 Server.
18. Push in the CIRS Server.
19. Pull on the retaining spring, and flip the bracket to the center (to block both CIRS Server trays).
20. Continue with Remove Old Racks on page 98.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 97
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Remove Old Racks

iPatient Hardware Upgrade

• Make sure all the material provided in the kit is present prior to the start of the upgrade.
• Read this procedure completely before starting.
NOTE If your site currently has a CRC Rack containing a Host Computer and CIRS Server, the iPatient Upgrade Kit
includes a power cable and ground wire for the new Host Computer Rack.

WARNING Before you remove any cables, make sure that all power has been shut off at the
Gantry, particularly the Rack transformer and the gantry itself (make sure no power
is applied to the Ghost).

WARNING If a UPS is used on site, switch it off before you start the procedures.

WARNING Wait 10-20 seconds after you disconnect the computer from the electrical outlet,
before you disconnect a device from the computer.
1. Power off the Host Computer.
2. Power off the CIRS server(s).
3. Turn OFF the power switch on the Host Rack and CIRS Rack, or CRC Rack.
4. If the site uses a Console UPS, power it off.
5. Power down the Gantry.
NOTE If applicable, unbolt the Racks from the floor first.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 98
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

6. Depending on the current system setup at your site:

• If your site has a CRC Rack that contains both a Host computer and CIRS server, then disconnect all the cables
from the rear panel of the CRC Rack.
• If your site has a Host Computer Rack and a separate CIRS server Rack, then disconnect all the cables from the
rear panels of both the Host Computer Rack and CIRS server Rack.
7. Remove the old Rack(s) and set aside.

Connect the new CRC Rack

1. Position the new CRC Rack.
NOTES • The upgrade kit includes a G-Host to Acquisitor cable (p/n 453567030931) and OPT RX to CIRS Fiber
Assembly cable (p/n 453567129651) in case the current cables are not sufficient to connect the CRC Rack to
the Gantry.
• Anchoring the CRC Rack to the floor is not mandatory unless dictated by local or national regulations. If you
need to anchor the Rack, see Anchoring the CRC Rack on page 99.
2. Continue with Route the Harness and other Cables Between the CRC Rack and the Common Table/Counter on
page 101.

Anchoring the CRC Rack

Accessories for anchoring are not included with the system. However, anchoring holes are prepared the bottom panel
of the rack.
Use the holes as a template or use the drawing in Figure 76 on page 100.
• The rack can be mounted against a wall the point where the splash guard the wall.
• For servicing of the CIRS computer, make sure that there is clearance of 60 mm to the right side of the rack.
• The anchoring holes is 15 mm with tolerance of ±2 mm when drilling.
• The length should be longer than 85 mm (3.5").

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 99
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Drill Anchor Holes

1. Determine the h for the floor anchors installation tools.
2. Drill holes according to specifications by the engineer of record.

406.4 246.2
16.00 9.69

679.5 643 610

26.75 25.31 24.02

11
0.43
Figure 76: Anchoring the CIRS Rack

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 100
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Route the Harness and other Cables Between the CRC Rack and the Common Table/Counter
This section describes how to route the cables.

NOTE If the existing harness has VGA cables then

replace it with the new harness shipped
with the system. A
NOTE Do not connect the cables until instructed H
F
to do so. Do not tighten the cable ties until
all cables are routed. G

1. Put the Common Table harness into the cable tie

(Figure 77-A) so that about 2-3 cm (0.8"–1.2") of
the harness extends beyond the tie.
2. Route the 2 DVI cables and the three USB cables
of the harness to the Connection Bracket on the
right (Figure 77-G).
NOTE If you have a Barcode reader there will be a
4th USB cable.
3. Route the 2 power cables of the harness to the
PDU (Figure 77-B).
4. Route these cables (Figure 77): B
• Gantry P3 Cable (C)
• Ground Cable (D) E D
• CRC power cable (E)
C
• Fiber Optic cables from gantry (F)
• ACQ cable (H) PDU

Figure 77:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 101
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Connecting the Signal Distribution Board (SDB) Panel

The SDB (Figure 78) is the interface between the CRC rack of the Operator Console and the gantry. The SDB includes
all the connectors which distribute the signals to the system. The board is passive, it does not include an electronic
circuit.
1. Open the rear door of the CRC rack.
2. Connect the external cables to the SDB according to Table 13 on page 102 and Figure 78 on page 102.
Table 13: SDB Connectors for Internal Cables in Host Rack

Cable From SDB Connector Comment

12V power supply to SDB Computer Rack’s PDU P24 Pre-assembled

Power to Rack Fan assembly SDB J9A

CAN Bus Cable Host Computer CAN P4 Pre-assembled

Audio-out Cable Host Computer Audio-out J3A Pre-assembled

Gantry Cable G-Host P3

Scan Control Box Cable Scan Control Box J2

Figure 78: CRC SDB Panel

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 102
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Connect the CRC PDU

The CRC rack PDU receives 230V AC power from the gantry or UPS and distributes the voltage to the Host computer
and Common Table components (Monitor, Scan Control Box).
1. Route the 2 monitor power cables of the harness from the Common Table or Counter, to the rear of the Host rack.
2. Put the harness that comes from the Common Table or Counter, into the cable tie so that about 2-3 cm (0.8"–1.2")
of the harness extends beyond the tie.
NOTE Do not tighten the cable tie at this time.
3. Connect the cables to the CRC rack PDU (Table 14 on page 103 and Figure 79).

Table 14: Cable Connections to CRC Rack PDU

Connector Description Comments

Power out to the Host computer Pre-assembled

Power out to Table Harness Monitor 1

Power out to Table Harness Monitor 2

From Gantry Right

GND CIRS GND
Column

AC IN Power input from UPS controller/230V AC Load output

from Gantry Left Column

Figure 79: PDU Connections

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 103
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Connect the Host I/O Panel

The input / output panel at the rear of the CRC rack provides the connections to network, USB and display.
Connect the cables to the Host I/O Panel according to Table 15 and Figure 80:
Table 15: Host I/O Connections

Cable From Connection Bracket Connector Comments

Network - RJ-45 Local Hospital network LAN 2

Network - RJ-45 I/O Panel LAN 1 (for CIRS Server) LAN 1

USB Table Harness Keyboard USB 1

USB Table Harness Mouse USB 2

USB Barcode Reader (option) USB 3

USB IBox USB 4

DVI Table Harness Monitor DVI 1 Right Monitor

DVI Table Harness Monitor DVI 2 Left Monitor

Figure 80: I/O Panel (for Host)

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 104
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Connecting the CIRS I/O Panel

The input / output panel at the rear of the CRC rack provides the connections to network, fiber optic, and ACQ
Diagnostic.
Route the cables to the CRC rack and connect them according to Table 16 and Figure 81.
NOTE Use the same fiber optic and ACQ Diagnostic cables that were connected to the previous CIRS.

Table 16: CRC Rack I/O Panel

CRC I/O
Cable From Comments
Connector

Network - RJ-45 CRC Connection Bracket LAN 1 LAN 1 Connected to LAN 1 on the Host

Connect according to label (see Fiber-optic I/O Panel

Fiber Optic Gantry Right Column Fiber Optic
Cable Connections on page 106)

ACQ P1 Gantry GHost ACQ

USB Table Harness Keyboard USB 1 Not in use

USB Table Harness Mouse USB 2 Not in use

Figure 81: SDB I/O Panel (for CIRS Server)

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 105
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Fiber-optic I/O Panel Cable Connections

1. Connect the CIRS to Optic Cables as detailed below:
Optical Labeling
Fiber Color Code ACQ Panel
Blue DS3
Red DS4
Yellow DS1
White DS2

Figure 82: Fiber Optic Connections

2. Power up the system:

a. Power ON the Gantry.
b. If there is a Console UPS, switch the power ON.
c. Turn on the power switch at the rear of the CRC Rack (Figure 83).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 106
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Hardware Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Figure 83: CRC Rack Power Switch

d. Power ON the CIRS serves.
e. Power ON the Host computer.
NOTE It may take 2-3 minutes for the new computer to recognize the Keyboard and Mouse.
3. You have completed the console rack upgrade.
4. Continue with Post Installation Tasks on page 150.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 107
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Software Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

iPatient Software Upgrade

IMPORTANT ! Only perform the instructions in this section if the iPatient Hardware Upgrade was not
performed.
IMPORTANT ! Only sites that use the currently installed computers (Dell T7400 or Dell T5500 for the
Host, and VS501 for the CIRS server) for the iPatient option are to perform the
instructions described in this section. If you installed a new CRC rack for the console, then
skip this section and continue with Post Installation Tasks on page 150.
IMPORTANT ! If you upgrade from v2.6.x/v3.5.x/v3.6.x, then you must make the following checks before
you install the iPatient software:
- The BIOS version on the host is the correct version.
- The NGBP board on the CIRS server is the correct board (5ASIC).
Instructions to perform these checks, and the related corrective steps, are included in this
section.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 108
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Software Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Verify and Update the Host Computer BIOS Version

iPatient Software Upgrade

1. Log Off and reboot the Host computer.

2. Press F2 or F12 and then select System Setup.
3. Using the arrow keys:
• For Dell T5500, highlight System Board, and press Enter.
• For Dell T7400, highlight System Info, and press Enter.
4. Make sure that the BIOS version is as follows:
• Dell T5500 - BIOS version A10.
• Dell T7400 - BIOS version A09.
5. If the BIOS version is correct:
• For Dell T5500, press Esc, highlight Yes to confirm, and then press Enter.
• For Dell T7400, press Esc, select Exit and press Enter.
a. The Host reboots.
b. Continue to Verify the NGBP ASIC Configuration on page 112.
6. If the BIOS version is not correct, then continue as follows, per the host computer model:
• BIOS Update for Dell T5500 on page 110
• BIOS Update for Dell T7400 on page 111

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 109
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Software Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

BIOS Update for Dell T5500

NOTE For the T5500 Host BIOS, use the T5500_Asset_Tag_80DF-A10 CD.
1. Insert the T5500_Asset_Tag_80DF-A10 CD into the DVD drive.
2. Reboot the Host.
3. The message “Press any key to replace BIOS with “A10” BIOS” appears.
NOTE if you do not get the message and the computer boots to Windows, then reboot the computer, and press the F12
key to review and correct the boot sequence.
4. Press any key.
5. The message "Confirm replace BIOS..." appears.
6. Press 'Y'.
7. Wait while the new BIOS version is installed.
8. The Host reboots.
9. While rebooting, eject and remove the T5500_Asset_Tag_80DF-A10 CD.
NOTE If you missed ejecting the CD, then the BIOS CD will load again. In this case press “N” in Step 6 on page 110, and
press the CTRL + ALT + Del keys.
10. Continue with Verify the NGBP ASIC Configuration on page 112.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 110
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Software Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

BIOS Update for Dell T7400

1. If the Host is in the BIOS menu, then press Esc, select Exit, and press Enter. The Host will reboot. If the Host
displays the logon dialog box then proceed with the next step.
2. Log On as philips_service.
3. Insert the T7400BiosA09Upgrade_1.0.0.0001 CD into the DVD drive.
4. Press the Windows + E keys, and navigate to the CD drive.
5. Double-click on the executable file T7400A09.EXE.
6. Confirm the BIOS update, click Continue, and then click OK.
7. The Host reboots.
8. Eject and remove the CD.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 111
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Software Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Verify the NGBP ASIC Configuration

iPatient Software Upgrade

The CIRS server must have the 5ASIC NGBP board installed.
NOTE Some CIRS servers in the field may be equipped with a 2ASIC NGBP board installed. These boards must be
replaced.
1. On the CIRS server desktop, double-click on the NGBP Board Diagnostics icon.
The CIRS NGBP Board Diagnostics window opens.
2. Figure 84 and Figure 85 on page 113 show 5ASIC and 2ASIC configurations (respectively).
3. If the 5ASIC NGBP board is installed continue with Step 4 on page 113. If the CIRS is equipped with a 2ASIC
NGBP board, then replace it by performing the following steps:
NOTE If the NGBP board is replaced, the new board’s JTAG version must be checked. Record the JTAG (VHDL) Rev. of
the current card before replacing it. If the new card does not have the same Rev. than the current CIRS
application needs to be loaded after replacing the card so test scans can be performed before starting the
upgrade.
a. Record the current JTAG (VHDL) version.
JTAG (VHDL) version: ________________________
b. Replace the board: continue with NGBP Board Removal and Replacement on page 362.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 112
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Software Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Figure 84: NGBP (5-ASIC)

Figure 85: NGBP (2-ASIC)

4. In the CIRS NGBP Board Diagnostics window (lower

right area), click Exit.
The Confirm Exit dialog box opens (Figure 86).
5. Click Yes.

Figure 86:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 113
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 iPatient Software Upgrade
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

6. Close the Remote Desktop window.

The Disconnect Terminal Services dialog box opens
(Figure 87).
7. Click OK.
8. Close the CIRS folder.

Figure 87:

9. If the 5ASIC NGBP board was replaced perform the following steps to make sure the CIRS is functioning:
a. If the Scanner Application is running, log Off, and restart the Host.
b. Log On as philips_service.
c. From the desktop launch the scanner application.
d. Perform a few test scans including helical scans to verify that the system is operating properly.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 114
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers

This section describes the required activities to install the iPatient software on the Console computers. The software
installation procedure varies based on the software version that is currently installed.
Click on the link and follow the procedure that corresponds to the software version that was installed when you started
this upgrade:
• Software v2.6.x / v3.x is Currently Installed on page 116
• Software v4.0.x is Currently Installed on page 126

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 115
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Software v2.6.x / v3.x is Currently Installed

This section describes the necessary steps to install the iPatient software when software v2.6.x / v3.x is currently
installed.
NOTE Install the CIRS software in parallel to the Host software installation. Refer to Install CIRS Software on page 141.
NOTE The installation takes approximately 180 minutes to complete.
1. Remove any media from the DVD trays.

!
CAUTION In the next step, only disconnect the USB device after you select the “Safely remove hardware”
dialog on the Windows task bar.
2. Disconnect the IST Card Reader (IST Dongle) and any USB devices (I-Box, barcode reader, etc.) from the Host,
except for the mouse and keyboard.
3. Insert the iCT_uCT_BR64_1Click_4.1.0.XX260 DVD into the DVD drive:
4. Log Off and restart the host computer.
5. When the Confirm message appears click Confirm.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 116
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

6. When prompted (Figure 88), press any key once to boot from the DVD drive.
NOTE If you missed the prompt, the Windows 7 OS will load and you will get to the login screen. In this case repeat the install
from the above Step 4 on page 116.

Figure 88: Prompt when Rebooting the Host Computer

NOTE Wait while the installation setup loads.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 117
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

7. Confirm that ‘Don’t use an existing Backup...’ is selected (Figure 89).

8. Click Next.

Figure 89:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 118
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

9. Select Format Drive C: And D: (Figure 90).

10. Click OK in the Alert popup message.
11. Click Next.

Figure 90:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 119
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

12. Make sure the monitor type LCD is selected (Figure 91).
13. Select the CT Model:
14. Leave the MMH model box unchecked.

Figure 91:
15. Select the Couch type, according to the Model that appears on the Patient Support label (Figure 92).
16. Click Next.

Model P/N

Figure 92:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 120
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

17. Leave the System Key field blank. The license key is installed at a later stage (Figure 93 on page 122).
18. Enter the System serial number.
19. Overwrite the default computer name with the name recorded in Table 7 on page 41.

!
CAUTION The computer name must NOT consist of numbers alone.
20. If the site is using a fixed network address, select No for the Automatic IP address assignment. Otherwise, select
Yes, and skip to Step 28 on page 125.
21. Enter the IP address, subnet mask, Gateway, DNS servers (if used) WINS server (if used), as recorded in the pre
installation stage: Step 5 on page 45 and Step 8 on page 46.

!
CAUTION Make sure to perform the next step.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 121
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

22. In the Which subnet is to be used for the HOST-CIRS Connection field, click 10.168.0 and then click 192.168.0
(Figure 93).
If the Hospital-LAN address recorded in Step 5 on page 45 is 192.168.0.X (HOST - CIRS 10.168.0.X IP is used),
then only click 10.168.0.
Click Next.

Figure 93:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 122
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

23. Review the activities that will be performed (Figure 94).

24. To change these activities, click Back and modify as required.
25. Click Start.
The 1-Click automatically installs the software components (OS, Host applications, version files, etc.).

Figure 94:
Review these guidelines:
NOTES • During the boot sequence, Ignore the message “Press any key to boot from CD or DVD”.
• It is normal for the Administrator X: windows to appear for approximately 10 minutes with no apparent
activity.
• It is normal for script.exe windows to appear with no apparent activity for short periods.
• During the installation Windows Activation window opens. Ignore all of the activate windows requests that
appear during the 1-Click installation.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 123
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

• On system with T7400 Host computers, messages may appear that your copy of Windows is not Genuine.
Ignore these messages.
• During the Restore System, the message “Install Project has stopped working” and “.....config has stopped
working” may appear. Ignore this message.
• It is normal for the 1-Click GUI to appear with no apparent activity. Do not click Cancel!
• It may be that errors such as “Unexpected Error” and “Install project has stopped working error” messages
appear momentarily. If they appear, ignore these messages.
• The installation progress bar (Figure 95 on page 125) appears when the progress bar is at approx. 50%.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 124
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

26. When the progress bar in the 1-Click Install window shows that the installation is completed successfully 100%,
click Close (Figure 95).

Figure 95:
27. Remove the DVD from the DVD tray.
28. If the monitors appear swapped, skip to Configure the Display Settings on page 394.
NOTE It is normal for all the task bar to show on the left monitor; this is not an indication that the monitors are
swapped.
29. Continue with Installing the Framework4Patch CD on page 136.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 125
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Software v4.0.x is Currently Installed

This section describe the necessary steps to install the iPatient software when software v4.0.x is currently installed.
NOTE Install the CIRS software in parallel to the Host software installation. Refer to Install CIRS Software on page 141.
NOTE The installation takes approximately 180 minutes to complete.

!
CAUTION Disconnect the IST Card Reader (IST Dongle) and any USB devices (IBox, barcode reader, etc.)
from the Host, except for the mouse and keyboard.

!
CAUTION Only remove the USB storage device by selecting the “Safely remove hardware” dialog on the
Windows task bar (Safely Removing USB Devices on page 30).
1. Log Off from the Workflow if it is running.
2. Insert the iCT_uCT_BR64_1Click_4.1.0.XX260 into the DVD-RW drive:
3. Press the Windows + E keys.
4. Navigate to the DVD drive that contains the 1-Click media.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 126
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. Double-click on AUTORUN (Windows batch file), and wait until the Host Installation Setup window opens.

6. Select Manual for the installation type.

7. Click Next.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 127
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

8. In the next wizard screen:

a. Select the option “If you have an existing backup...”.

Figure 96:
b. Click Browse.
The Browse for Folder dialog box opens (Figure 97).

Figure 97:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 128
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

c. Click the Select Drive list and select the drive where the backup is located.
The content of the drive is displayed below the drives list (Figure 98).
d. Click on the folder where the backup is located.
e. Click OK.

Figure 98:
f. In the Host Installation Setup window (Figure 99):
IMPORTANT ! If the drive/folder you selected is D:\ServiceTemp, then in the field that shows the path to
the backup location, add “\” to the path. The path should read D:\ServiceTemp\
NOTE Make sure there are no spaces in the path.

Figure 99:
g. Click Next.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 129
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

9. Select Format Drive C: And D: (Figure 100).

10. Click OK in the Alert popup message.
11. Click Next.

Figure 100:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 130
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

12. In the next wizard screen (Figure 101):

a. Wait until the monitor type (LCD) is automatically selected.
b. Select the CT Model per the system in your site.
c. Leave the MMH model box unchecked.
d. Select the Couch type, according to the Model that appears on the Patient Support label.
e. Click Next.

Figure 101:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 131
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

13. In the next wizard screen (Figure 102):

a. Leave the System Key field blank. The license key is installed at a later stage.
b. Enter the System serial number.
c. Overwrite the default computer name with the name you recorded.
NOTE The computer name must NOT consist of numbers alone.
d. If the site is using a fixed network address, select No for the Automatic IP address assignment.
e. Enter the IP address, subnet mask, Gateway, DNS servers (if used) WINS server (if used), as recorded in the
pre installation stage: Step 5 on page 72, and Step 8 on page 74.
f. If the host address recorded IS NOT 192.168.0.X (HOST - CIRS 192.x.x.x IP is used), then in the Which subnet
is to be used for the HOST-CIRS Connection field, click 10.168.0 and then click 192.168.0.
If the 10.x.x.x IP is used, just click 10.168.0.
g. Click Next.

Figure 102:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 132
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

14. In the next wizard window (Figure 103):

a. Review the activities that will be performed.
b. To change these activities, click Back and modify as required.
c. Click Start.

Figure 103:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 133
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

NOTE Do not leave the installation yet. Wait until the 1-Click Install window opens (Figure 104).

Figure 104:
15. Before the first reboot, the System Restart window opens. Click Confirm.

Figure 105:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 134
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

16. When the progress bar in the 1-Click Install window shows that the installation is completed successfully 100%,
click Close (Figure 106).

Figure 106:
17. Remove the DVD from the DVD tray.
18. If the monitors appear swapped, skip to Configure the Display Settings on page 394.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 135
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Installing the Framework4Patch CD

1. On the Host, insert the Framework4CD_4.1.0.XX260 CD into the DVD drive.
2. Press the Windows + E keys.
3. Navigate to the DVD drive, and then double-click on Autorun.vbs.

Figure 107:
NOTE The installation starts automatically.

Figure 108:
459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 136
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

4. Wait while the files are being installed. A window similar to that shown in Figure 109, will open and close for a
number of times.
NOTE Do not touch the mouse or keyboard until the installation is complete.

Figure 109:
NOTE The installation can take up to 90 minutes to complete. When it is complete, all the installation windows close
automatically.
5. Continue as follows:
• For Dell T7400, continue with Activate Windows Operating System on page 138.
• For Dell T5500, continue with Post Installation Tasks on page 150.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 137
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Activate Windows Operating System

1. From the desktop, right-click on the Computer icon and select Properties.
2. Look under the Windows activation title.
3. If Windows is not activated, then click Activate Windows Now.

Figure 110:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 138
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

4. Select Yes, I want to telephone a customer service representative to activate Windows, then Click Next
(Figure 111).

Figure 111:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 139
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install the iPatient (v4.1) Software on the Console Computers
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. In the next activation window:

a. Select your location (step 1).
b. Call the number provided for your country/region (step 2).
c. Provide the installation ID number strings to the Windows activation phone system (step 3).
d. Type the automatically generated confirmation ID strings (step 4).
e. Click Next.

Figure 112:
6. Close all open windows.

!
CAUTION Do not reboot, log off, or launch Workflow until instructed to do so.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 140
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Install CIRS Software
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Install CIRS Software

NOTE The CIRS software can be installed parallel to the Host software installation.

1. Insert a copy of the CIRS-4.4.29.1360_OS64 DVD into the DVD-ROM drive.

2. Use the power switch on the front of the server to Power OFF the CIRS server.
3. Power ON the server.
NOTE Booting from the CIRS OS DVD starts the installation process.
4. After approximately 10-20 minutes, the server shuts down.
NOTE If the server does not shut down after 20 minutes, there is an issue with the installation (see Diagnose CIRS OS
Installation Problems on page 393 for instructions).
5. Power ON the server, and immediately remove the CIRS-4.4.29.1360_OS64 DVD.
6. When the CIRS software installation is complete, the server shuts down.
NOTE The Complete CIRS software installation (OS and Application) takes approximately 60 minutes to complete.
7. Power ON the server.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 141
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Configure the Host and CIRS Servers

Post Installation Tasks

You will set the Host Computer Time and Date now, because you will set the time on the CIRS server in the next
section. By setting the CIRS Server Time and Date immediately after setting the Host Computer Time and Date, you
avoid creating Raw Data sets with a future time.

Set the Time and Date on the Host Computer

1. Move the cursor towards the bottom of the monitor.

The Host task bar appears.
2. Click the clock.
3. Click Change date and time settings...
The Date and Time window opens (Figure 113).

Figure 113: System Clock on WIndows 7 OS

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 142
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

4. Clear the Notify me when the clock changes

check box (Figure 114).

Figure 114: Date and Time window

5. If needed, adjust the time zone:
a. Click Change time zone (Figure 114 on
page 143).
b. Set the time zone for your region from the Time
zone list (Figure 115).
c. If daylight saving time is used, set the
Automatically adjust clock for Daylight Saving
Time option.
d. Click OK.
Figure 115:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 143
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

6. If needed, adjust the date and/or time:

a. Click Change date and time (Figure 114 on
Adjust the date
page 143).
b. Adjust the date and/or time as required
(Figure 116).
c. Click OK.
7. Close the Date and Time window.
Adjust the time

Figure 116: Setting the Date and Time

Configure the Vertical S1 Server

First, you need to make sure that drive F:\ is available on the CIRS Server. If it is not available, then you will have to
reload the CIRS applications before you proceed any further.
Next, you will configure the CIRS S1 server, because you must set the time on the CIRS server immediately after
setting the Host computer time. This helps to avoid creating RawData Sets with a future time.
1. Connect to the S1 server:
a. On the Host desktop, double-click the Service Tools icon.
b. Select Diagnostics (Figure 117 on page 145).
c. On the Navigator tab, select System > Remote Viewer.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 144
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

d. On the Remote Viewer tab, select CIRS Server 1.

Figure 117:
2. On the CIRS Server desktop, double-click on My Computer.
3. If drive F:\ is available then skip now to Step 9 on page 145.
4. On the CIRS desktop, double-click on the CIRS Restore Current Version icon.
5. The installation takes approximately 5 minutes to complete, and then informs you that the CIRS is rebooting. The
CIRS Application installation automatically loads the Acquisitor and Backprojector drivers, and updates the
Acquisitor and Backprojector programming. The CIRS Application Installation window shows the installation
progress.

!
CAUTION Do NOT power down or reboot the server during the install. Do NOT manually power down or
manually reboot the Server during the install.
6. When prompted that the CIRS is rebooting, click OK on the Remote Desktop Disconnected prompt.
7. After the server reboots, wait three minutes, then reconnect to the server through Remote Desktop.
8. After you reconnect to the server, scroll through the Installation Window and make sure there are no red error
messages.
9. Review the CIRS Application Installation log for any errors.
10. If ACQ or NGBP are missing or errors exist, refer to the CIRS Service manual, CIRS troubleshooting Guide, and the
Software Installation manual.
11. Close the Log window.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 145
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

12. Enable Supervisor service on S1:

a. On the server desktop, double-click the Services icon.
b. Right-click on CIRS Supervisor Service, and select Start.
c. Right-click on CIRS Supervisor Service, and select Properties.
d. Change Startup type to Automatic.
e. Click Apply, then click OK.
f. Close the Component Services window.
13. On the CIRS Server, click on the time displayed on the right-side of the task bar.

Figure 118:
14. Click on Change date and time settings... (Figure 119).

Figure 119:
15. On the Date and Time window, de-select “remind me one week before this change occurs” (Figure 120).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 146
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

16. Click Change Time Zone.

Figure 120:
17. On the Time Zone Settings dialog box, check the time zone; adjust if required, and click OK (Figure 121).

Figure 121:
18. On the Date and Time window, select the Internet Time tab (Figure 122).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 147
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

19. Click Change Settings.

Figure 122:
20. Deselect the option, “Synchronize with an Internet time server” and click OK.

Figure 123:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 148
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

21. Click the Date and Time tab.

22. On the Date and Time tab, check the time, and compare it to the time on the Host computer (visible on the lower left
area of the Service Tools window). If the time is identical on the Host and the CIRS Server, then continue with
Step 23. If the time is not identical on the Host and the CIRS Server, then perform the following steps a - d:
a. On the CIRS Server, right-click on the Windows Vista Start Button.
b. Click Explorer, and browse to C:\Program Files\Philips\CIRS.
c. Double-click on TimeSync.vbs.
d. Close the Windows Explorer.
23. Close the Clock, language, and Region Settings window.
24. Create a dummy raw data set:
a. Double-click on the Recon icon.
b. On the Recon Command Window, type uts sr 1
c. Press Enter.
25. On the CIRS desktop:
a. Double-click on the 991-ServersCfg file.
b. Wait until the process completes.
26. Close the Remote Desktop window to the CIRS S1 server.

Synchronize CIRS Tables

1. On the Host desktop, double-click on the Copy Tables icon.
A cmd window opens (Figure 124).
2. Wait until the command window closes.

Figure 124:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 149
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Post Installation Tasks

This section describes the required post installation tasks, per upgrade scenario.
IMPORTANT ! The needed post installation steps depend on which upgrade path you perform. Each step
starts with a matrix that indicates if you are required to perform () or to skip (X) the
procedure.

For example, the “Convert Protocols” task starts with the matrix shown below. In this
case, you have to perform the procedure only if you upgraded from v3.x.

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

X  X

NOTE The matrix above is for example only.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 150
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Post Installation Tasks

IMPORTANT ! The post installation tasks that needs to be performed depends on the software version
that was installed before you started the upgrade. Each task starts with a Required
Procedure matrix that indicates if you are required to perform () or to skip (X) the
procedure.

Click on the corresponding scenario for your site:

• Post Installation Tasks when Upgraded from v2.6.x and v3.x on page 152
• Post Installation Tasks when Upgraded from v4.0.x on page 153

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 151
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Post Installation Tasks when Upgraded from v2.6.x and v3.x

Do these post installation tasks:
• Validate the Installation on page 154
• Install the License Key on page 157
• Restore System Configuration on page 160
• Program System Components on page 188
• Install Telnet Server on page 210
• Verify the I-Box Driver on page 214
• Restore LAN Proxy IP Address and Link Speed Settings on page 216
• Test the UTS Browser on the Host on page 224
• Initialize Adobe Reader on page 226
• Connect the Bar Code Reader on page 226
• Verify the Tube History Data on page 227
• Install Windows Network Paper Printer on page 232
• Configure Remote Services on page 238
• Configure Voice Levels on page 254
• Restore Custom Voice Recordings on page 256
• Record Voice Messages from the CT Box on page 273
• Import additional Files from v3.6.x Only on page 276
• Set the Workflow Parameters on page 277
• Confirm the Restore of the Host Name on page 290
• Convert Protocols on page 293
• Install the Operation Manuals on page 299

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 152
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Post Installation Tasks when Upgraded from v4.0.x

Do these post installation tasks:
• Validate the Installation on page 154
• Install the License Key on page 157
• Programming the CPM Boot and Application on page 204
• Install Telnet Server on page 210
• Verify the I-Box Driver on page 214
• Restore LAN Proxy IP Address and Link Speed Settings on page 216
• Test the UTS Browser on the Host on page 224
• Initialize Adobe Reader on page 226
• Connect the Bar Code Reader on page 226
• Verify the Tube History Data on page 227
• Install Windows Network Paper Printer on page 232
• Configure Remote Services on page 238
• Configure Voice Levels on page 254
• Restore Custom Voice Recordings on page 256
• Record Voice Messages from the CT Box on page 273
• Confirm the Restore of the Host Name on page 290

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 153
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Validate the Installation

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

1. On the Host desktop, double-click on the Installed Versions icon.

2. Make sure that the version is (Figure 125):
• 4.1.0.25260 for Ingenuity Series.
• 4.1.0.22260 for Brilliance 64
• If the version is incorrect, reload
the Host software (refer to Install
the iPatient (v4.1) Software on
the Console Computers on
page 115).
• If the installation shows
standard, skip to Step 5 on page
155.

Figure 125: Component Validation window

3. If the installation shows Non standard installation, click View Details.
The Component Validation Details window opens (Figure 126 on page 156).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 154
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

• If there are missing components from the Host, then reload the Host software (refer to Install the iPatient (v4.1)
Software on the Console Computers on page 115).
• If CIRS is indicated in the missing components, check if “unable to connect to the CIRS” appears under the
nonstandard components installed section. If so, address the connection.
• If the CIRS version shows the incorrect version, reload the CIRS software (refer to the v4.1 Software Installation
Manual).
4. Click OK to close the Component Validation Details window.
5. Click OK to close the Component Validation window (Figure 125).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 155
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Figure 126: Version Details window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 156
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Install the License Key

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

NOTE If you already obtained the license key file, skip to Install the License Key on page 158.

Obtain the License Key from the Philips Healthcare Website

1. Obtain the license from the Philips Healthcare web site at:
http://pww.hfa.ms.philips.com/homepage/engineering/RnD/KeySearch/.
2. In the Search Options dialog box shown in Figure 127,
enter the System Serial Number.
3. Click Search.
4. Select the required system type and click on CLICK
HERE FOR THE FULL PAGE to view all details.

Figure 127: Search Options Window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 157
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. At the bottom of the page, click on the Key Code Auto

Installation Tool link.
The File Download dialog box opens (Figure 128).
6. Click Save and save the file to a directory of your
choice.
7. Burn the file to a blank CD or copy it to a USB device.

Figure 128:

Install the License Key

1. If needed, insert the CD or USB with the key batch file.
2. Press Windows + E keys and navigate to the location
with the batch file.
3. Double-click the on the license bat file.
4. If the security warning dialog box appears, click Run
(Figure 129).
A CMD window opens (Figure 130).

Figure 129:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 158
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

NOTE You may see an error “Backup of the old key file
failed”. This is expected, and you can ignore it.
5. Press any key.

Figure 130:
NOTE The cmd window may close too quickly for you
to see the message. If the window closes the
license installed correctly.
6. When you see the “Creating a new key file finished
successfully” message, press any key to close the
CMD window and to complete the license key
installation.
7. Close all open windows.

Figure 131:

!
CAUTION Only remove the USB storage device by selecting the “Safely remove hardware” dialog on the
Windows task bar.
8. Safely eject and remove the license CD or USB (see Safely Removing USB Devices on page 30).
9. On the desktop, double click on the Workflow icon.
10. Acknowledge any errors as the Workflow launches.
11. Close Workflow.
12. Restart the Host computer at this point and log On as philips_service.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 159
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Restore System Configuration

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

X  

NOTE If you upgrade from v2.6.x, all the system configurations must be manually configured. The remote devices must
be configures using the LAN Config application. Use the LAN Config application online Help for instructions on
how to do this.
1. Insert the media with the backup.
2. Copy the backup you created in the Pre installation to D:\temp folder on the host.

!
CAUTION Only remove the USB storage device by selecting the “Safely remove hardware” dialog on the
Windows task bar (see Safely Removing USB Devices on page 30).
3. Remove the media with the backup.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 160
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

4. On the host desktop, double-click on the Upgrade Utility icon.

The Upgrade Utility dialog box opens.

Figure 132:
5. Click the Select Program list button, and select program that corresponds to the software version that was installed
before you started this upgrade.

Figure 133:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 161
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

6. Click the ellipsis button (...) to select the location of the system configuration backup.

Figure 134:
7. In the Open dialog box, navigate to drive D:, and select the backup archive to restore the system configuration from.
8. After you select the archive file, click Open.

Figure 135:
459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 162
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

9. Click Upgrade.

Figure 136:
10. Wait while the system configuration files are being restored.
11. Observe the progress bar and system messages in lower area of the Upgrade Utility dialog box.

Figure 137:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 163
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

12. The ResultBox window opens if there are any failed items.

Figure 138:
13. When the progress bar reaches 100%, the Advanced Import dialog box opens (Figure 140 on page 165).
NOTE If the E-Stop was open, then the Keyswitch Prompt window opens.

Figure 139:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 164
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

NOTES • The Advanced Import window allows the user to set the device types as remote device or PACS. It also allows
modifying the device name, manufacture name and model.
• Based on the settings recorded during the Pre-installation tasks (refer to Network Settings Requirements on
page 22):
• Determine which lines represent a "PACS" device - this depends on the Hospital IT requirements.
• All other devices will be created as "Remote Devices" - this includes all external systems that are used
for external storage and retrieval.

Figure 140: Advanced Import dialog box

14. Review the Is PACS column and make sure only PACS devices are checked. Un-check or check as needed
(Figure 141 on page 166).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 165
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

15. If the device is a PACS and has separate lines for Store, Query, and Retrieve functions, you will need to merge the
devices. If your HIS/RIS is also used as PACS with the same IP address and AE title, mark the HIS/RIS as Is PACS
and merge it with that PACS. Put a check mark in the To Merge column for PACS devices that are listed, and then
click Merge Selected PACs to merge the selected PACS.

Figure 141: Setting PACS Devices

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 166
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

16. The list updates and the two devices are now merged (Figure 142).

Figure 142: Merged PACS

17. Repeat Step 15 on page 166 for all the needed PACS systems in your configuration.
NOTE Read Step 4 on page 170. You can save time by reviewing the “Visible” column and the associated service details
for each node (shown in Figure 141 on page 166). Make a list of nodes that will need the service details to be
corrected. You will make these corrections by performing Step 1 on page 169 to Step 5 on page 171, later in this
upgrade.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 167
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

18. Set all known Manufacturer and Model from the list box in each respective column (Figure 143). Refer to the data
you recorded in section Network Settings Requirements on page 22.

Figure 143: Setting Manufacturer and Model

19. Click Save to close the tool. If the tool does not close, then click Exit (Figure 141 on page 166).
20. Close the Upgrade Utility dialog box by clicking the X on the top right (Figure 136 on page 163).
IMPORTANT ! If in the following steps you find that the wrong check marks were selected for PACS
devices or there is something wrong with the network conversion, then configure the
network devices manually, using the screen shots you recorded in the pre requisites section
(see Network Settings Requirements on page 22). Do not try to run the Upgrade Utility again.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 168
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

The following procedure describes how to manually configure a PACS and remote devices.
1. From the Host desktop, double-click on the LAN Config icon.
The LANConfig window opens (Figure 144).

Figure 144: LANConfig window

2. From the left-pane explorer tree, click PACS.
NOTE In the next step, the button described is a toggle button. When in Basic mode, the button shows the Advanced
label. When in Advanced mode, the button shows the Basic label.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 169
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

3. From the tool bar on the top right, click Advanced to switch to the advanced configuration mode (Figure 144 on
page 169).
Several additional parameters are displayed (Figure 145).

Figure 145: Advanced Mode

4. The following configuration is for example only. For your site data, refer to what you recorded in Network Settings
Requirements on page 22 and Table 17 on page 171.
a. In the Visibility column, if your PACS is used for “Store only” (to device), then make sure that only “Store”
service is listed (using services remove button, delete all others) and from the drop-down list click the Only in
*Copy to* cell (Figure 146).
b. In the Visibility column, if your PACS is set for Store / Query / retrieve (from and to device), then make sure that
all 3 services “Store”, “Query” and “Retrieve” are listed (create if missing using the Add button in the Services
box) and from the drop-down list select Visible. This will make this option visible for all devices.
c. In the Visibility column, if your PACS is set for only Query / Retrieve (from device), then make sure that all 2
services “Query” and “Retrieve” are listed (create if missing using the Add button in the Services box. Using the
services Remove button, delete the “Store” if exists) and select Only in “Directory”.
d. Check / uncheck the archived (transferred) box per what you recorded in Network Settings Requirements on
page 22.

Figure 146: Configuring PACS Visibility

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 170
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Table 17: Visibility Column List Options

Visibility Options Description

Visible Visible. The device will have the Store, Query and Retrieve service (from and to device).

Only in "Copy to" Visibility is set to "Only in Copy To". The device will have only the Store service (to device).

Only in "Directory" Visibility is set to "Only in Directory". The device will have only the Query and Retrieve service (from device).

Hidden Visibility is set to "Hidden". The device does not have Store, Query or Retrieve service. Or, this might be a RMI device

5. Repeat as needed for any additional PACS and remote system devices.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 171
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Configure Worklist, Schedule, History and PACS

• If your system has a Worklist (HIS/RIS), Schedule, or History (Catalog) setup (recorded in Record the Catalog,
Schedules and HIS/RIS Settings on page 40) then perform the procedure described below.
• If your system does not have a Worklist (HIS/RIS), Schedule, or History (Catalog) setup, then skip this section and
continue with Checking Device Connectivity and Configuration on page 180.
Perform the following steps:
1. In LanConfig, click HIS/RIS Devices (Figure 147). If you had to merge the HIS/RIS with a PACS click PACS.

Figure 147: LAN Configuration window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 172
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

2. Click Advanced (Figure 147 on page 172).

The Advanced mode enables you to view and modify the device properties. Confirm the settings per what you
recorded in Network Settings Requirements on page 22.
NOTE This is a toggle button. When in Basic mode, the button shows the Advanced label. When in Advanced mode,
the button shows the Basic label.

This area appears when you click Advanced.

Figure 148: LAN Configuration window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 173
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Figure 149 shows an example of a merged HIS/RIS (WORKLIST_QUERY) with an PACS (STORE) device

Figure 149: Merged HIS/RIS with PACS

3. If you did not record “Yes” for a Catalog in Record the Catalog, Schedules and HIS/RIS Settings on page 40, then
skip to Step 12 on page 176. Otherwise continue with the following steps.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 174
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

4. Click on Local Devices and choose Add by wizard.

5. In Device Type, choose History Database (Figure 150).

Figure 150: Add Device Wizard

6. Click Next.
7. Name the folder History (do not leave spaces in the name).

Figure 151: Naming the Folder

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 175
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

NOTE The Ae Title may be any choice of the Hospital or FSE names, but can only contain up to 16 characters.
8. Verify the Ae Title of the folder and change it if necessary.
9. Click Next.
10. The wizard Summary window opens (Figure 152).

Figure 152: Add Device Wizard

11. Click Finish.
12. If you did not record “Yes” for a Schedule in Record the Catalog, Schedules and HIS/RIS Settings on page 40, or it
did not appear in the list of devices, then skip to Checking Device Connectivity and Configuration on page 180.
Otherwise continue with the following steps.
13. Click Local devices and then Add by wizard.
14. In the window that opens for Device Type, enter Schedule Database.
15. Click Next.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 176
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

16. Enter the value SCH for the folder name.

NOTE The Ae Title can contain up to 16 characters.

Figure 153: Add Device Wizard

17. Click Next.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 177
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

18. Click Finish in the Summary window (Figure 154).

Figure 154: Add Device Wizard

19. Press the Windows + E keys.
20. Navigate to D:\pms\data\ and create the folder named HisrisFTP.
21. Create a sub folder named Fail inside the HisrisFTP folder.
22. Close Windows Explorer.
23. In the LanConfig window, click the SCH device (Figure 155).

Figure 155:
24. Click Advanced from the top tool bar.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 178
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

25. Note the information fields at the lower area of the LanConfig window (Figure 156).

Figure 156: Device Information Fields

26. For each field, click on the Value column cell to create the patients folders, as follows:
• Auto Import - Enable (select the check box).
• Auto Import - Input Folder Name: Set to D:\Pms\Data\HisrisFTP.
• Auto Import - Failed Folder Name: Set to D:\Pms\Data\HisrisFTP\Fail.
• Auto Import - Import Type: Change from DICOM to RIS.
• Auto Import - PollingIntervalInSeconds: 60.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 179
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Checking Device Connectivity and Configuration

1. Click Tests from the LANConfig tool bar.
The Tests window opens.

Figure 157: LANConfig Tests Page

2. Click Run Configuration Test (Figure 157).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 180
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

3. If the Save Configuration dialog box opens (Figure 158):

a. Enter your name, and provide a short description of the configuration change.

Figure 158: Save Configuration

b. Click Save.
The Connectivity Test window opens.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 181
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

NOTE If you have many nodes this test may take a long time, be advised that nodes that are powered off will fail the test.

Figure 159: Connectivity Test Progress and Status

4. Wait until the test is complete and review the status column. Resolve any failed connections.
NOTE In some cases a test may indicate failure but the configuration is still correct. The connection should be tested
using the Workflow Application/Patient Directory Archive.
5. Click Close.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 182
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

6. If any issues were detected, the Configuration Changes Required window opens (Figure 160).

Figure 160: Configuration Changes Required

7. If you approve of the required changes, then click Done. If you do not approve, uncheck the box and then click
Done.
8. Click Tests from the tool bar to exit the test mode (Figure 157 on page 180).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 183
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

9. For all the devices that were assigned to receive the exam and/or the Dose summary pages (refer to what you
recorded in Network Settings Requirements on page 22), make sure that dose summary and/or color images are
not blocked. For each such device:
a. Click Filters from the top tool bar (Figure 157 on page 180) and confirm that the X-Ray Dose SR (Structured
Report) and/or the Color Images check boxes in the Blocking tab are clear (Figure 161).
b. Click OK to confirm and to close the Filters window.

Figure 161: Filters Settings window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 184
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

10. Click on Local Devices from the device tree on the left pane.
The local devices list is displayed.
11. Click the IRS device, and then click Remove from the top left tool bar (Figure 162).

Figure 162: Selecting the IRS Device

12. Click OK to confirm (Figure 163).

Figure 163: Remove Confirmation

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 185
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

NOTE If any of the Philips nodes are going to be upgraded to v4.x, then the network configuration for this system will
have to be updated to reflect this (Figure 164) (for Ingenuity v4.1, select Brilliance 4.x).
NOTE If there are any other scanners on site with earlier software versions, select the Brilliance version 2.x for the type
(this includes Ingenuity v3.5.x/v3.6.x).

Figure 164: Setting the Remote Device (Scanner) Software Version

13. Click Save (Figure 165).

Figure 165:
The Save Configuration dialog box opens (Figure 166 on page 187).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 186
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

14. Enter your name, and provide a short description of the configuration change.

Figure 166: Save Configuration

15. Click Save.
16. Close LANconfig.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 187
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Program System Components

Post Installation Tasks

This section includes these topics:

NOTE Notice the Required Procedure Matrix at the beginning of each procedure to determine whether you have to
perform it.
• Programming the RCOM JTAG on page 189
• Program the ACS Controller from Host Computer on page 197
• Programming the CPM Boot and Application on page 204
• Gantry Boot Flash and Applications Software Versions on page 335
• Firmware for Ingenuity Series on page 336
• Firmware for Brilliance 64 on page 339

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 188
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Programming the RCOM JTAG

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  X

1. Insert your IST Smartcard and type your password (see IST Smart Card on page 31).
NOTE Ignore the message that the “driver for the ICE was not successfully installed” if it appears.
2. If needed, turn the key on the CT box to Open E-STOP position.
3. On the Host Desktop, double-click on the Service Tools shortcut.
4. In Service Tools, click Utilities from
the top tool bar (Figure 167).
5. Click Gantry > Controller Utilities.

Figure 167:
6. If the Open ESTOP dialog box
appears, click Yes. (Figure 168).

Figure 168:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 189
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

7. In the Connect As selection box,

make sure that Field Service
Engineer is selected, and click
Connect (Figure 169).

Figure 169:

NOTE The utility usually defaults to Can access to Controller. Sometimes, the first launch of Controller Utilities may
require you to select the access method. If so, select Can access to controllers.
8. Click Service Mode.

9. Click Utilities.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 190
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

10. Scroll down and click on the File Configuration and click the Submit button.

11. Scroll down and click on the Baseboard JTAG Programmer.

12. Click DMC.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 191
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

13. Click on the selection buttons to toggle them to ENABLED or DISABLED as listed below.

DMC: DISABLED
RCOM/DPU: ENABLED
APDMs: DISABLED

14. Click on the top button Filename:...\JTAG.xsvf to select the file for flashing.
A file selection window opens.
15. Navigate to:
• For Ingenuity system: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW\DMS\RCOM64T\XSVF\Individual Components\
Orion_Tile_Center_D511.xsvf
• For Brilliance 64 system: C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFWBrilliance64T\DMS\RCOM64T\XSVF\Individual
Components\ Orion_Tile_Center_D511.xsvf
16. Click Open.
17. Click Return on the DMC Selection menu.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 192
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

18. Click Return.

19. Click Return.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 193
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

20. Select the DMC and Baseboard programmer check boxes (Figure 170).

Figure 170:
NOTE The boot flash release number refers to the version of boot flash, and this depends on which version of Ingenuity
software you had. See the System Software Installation manual for the version of Ingenuity software that you
upgrade from.
21. Click the Submit button at the bottom of the list.
In the User Feedback pane of the Controller Utilities window (Figure 171 on page 195) you can view the progress of
the flash programming procedure. Do not abort the programming sequence before the process is complete.
NOTE The User Feedback information can freeze for a few seconds during normal operation.
If the flash programming procedure stops before completion, reboot the Gantry and start again.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 194
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

22. When activity appears to stop, verify that the process has completed by scrolling up in the User Feedback pane and
looking for the message: DMC: SUCCESS - Completed XSVF execution.

Figure 171: User Feedback Pane

23. When the process successfully completes, select the Return radial button, then click the Submit button.

24. Click Return.

25. Click Application Mode.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 195
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

26. When the process has completes, the Ordinary Text window will display Supreme Controller mode: App.

27. When the process completes, click the Exit button.

28. Do not close Service Tools.
29. Press the blue button on the gantry to turn off the power.
30. Wait 30 seconds.
31. Turn on the gantry power.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 196
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Program the ACS Controller from Host Computer

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

 X X

1. Open Service Tools.

2. Select Utilities > CPM tools > Controller Utilities > Connect as Field Service Engineer.
3. Click Service Mode.

4. Select Connect to Controller.

5. Select Couch: Release X.X Boot flash.

6. Select Toolbox.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 197
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

7. Select Galaxy Couch Baseboard.

8. Scroll down and select ACS Motor Controller.

9. To select the file, perform the following steps:

a. To select a different ACS file, click on Select ACS Firmware File from the menu.
.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 198
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

b. Navigate to the folder C:\usr\diamond.root\GantryFW\ACS\453567139465\453567139473

c. Select the file 453567139465_a.adf, then click Open.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 199
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

10. Once the correct file is selected, click on the Submit Parameter button at the upper right of the main Controller
Utilities window.

11. The User Feedback pane shows the selected file.

.

12. When you see the correct file in the User Feedback pane, click Program ACS Firmware.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 200
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

13. The User Feedback pane will show the progress.

14. When finished, Programming ACS Complete appears in the User Feedback pane.

15. Click the Return button.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 201
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

16. Click on the Quit button.

17. Click on Continue.

18. Scroll down and click Return.

19. Click Return.

20. Click Return.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 202
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

21. Click Return.

22. Select Application Mode.

23. Wait for the message Supreme Controller Mode: App into appear in the Ordinary text Window.

24. You must cycle power to the gantry to complete the programming:
a. Switch the Gantry power to OFF by pressing the blue Gantry power toggle button on the ACCU unit.
b. Wait at least one minute.
c. Switch the Gantry power ON by pressing the blue Gantry power toggle button on the ACCU unit.
25. Close Controller Utilities.
26. Do not close Service Tools.
This completes the programming of the ACS.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 203
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Programming the CPM Boot and Application

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

1. On the Navigator list, click System Configuration (from the Analysis tab) (Figure 172).

Figure 172:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 204
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

2. Wait while the System Configuration tab opens and the system automatically starts an initialization process. This is
indicated by the Verify button (located at the lower left area) being grayed-out (Figure 173).

button grayed-out
progress indicator
status information

Figure 173:
3. When the initialization process is completed, the Verify button becomes active, the progress bar is at 100%, and
the status is updated (Figure 174).

Figure 174:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 205
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

4. Click Verify.
5. When the verification is complete, the status is shown in the Item State column (Figure 175).
• The green Good label indicates that the firmware versions and the CPM are as expected. No further action is
required.
• The red Deviation label indicates a component which needs to be programed with the latest firmware or CPM
version.

Figure 175: Controller Utilities window

NOTE The RCOM expected and current value should show the new software version (Figure 176).

Figure 176:
459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 206
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

NOTE The deviation is also indicated in the Expected Value and the Current Value columns.
• Ignore the “UNKNOWN” value for the CIRS or any “Not Checked” values.
• Ignore the red “Deviation” label for the Console.SW.ScannerApp entry. It is expected (Figure 177).

Figure 177:
6. Mark all the required check boxes for the items that have deviations.
NOTE By selecting “gantry all” the tool will program in parallel all needed controllers except for the DMC which is
selected separately.
7. Scroll down so that you can see the entire list of selected controllers. (You will not be able to scroll down during the
programming to view the progress of each controller.)
8. Click Program (this button is located on the lower right area).
9. Click Yes to the E-Stop confirmation message.

Figure 178:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 207
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

10. Wait while the selected components are being programmed. The progress is indicated in the Progress column
(Figure 179).

Components are
being programmed

Figure 179:
11. When completed, the programmed components and the programming status are indicated in the Result column
(Figure 180).
12. Check that all components were programed successfully.

Figure 180:
13. Click Back (Figure 181).

Figure 181:
14. Click Verify.
15. When the verification is complete, the status is shown in the Item State column (Figure 177 on page 207).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 208
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

NOTES • If there are deviations shown in red (except for "Console.SW.ScannerApp"):

a Close the System Configuration (do not close Service Tools).
b Use the blue button on the gantry to cycle the power.
c Start the CPM Boot and Application Programming procedure from Step 1 on page 204 and verify the system
configuration again.
d If any other deviations are listed, refer to the system’s Hardware Programming JTAG Manual.
16. Close the Service Tools.
17. Click Yes at the confirmation dialog box (Figure 182).

Figure 182:
18. Cycle the gantry power using the blue button on the gantry left column.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 209
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Install Telnet Server

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

1. On the Host computer click Start > Control Panel.

2. Set the View by list to Large icons (Figure 183).
3. Scroll down and click Programs and Features.

Figure 183: Control Panel window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 210
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

4. Click Turn Windows features on or off (Figure 184).

Figure 184: Programs and Features window

5. Scroll down the Windows features list, and mark the Telnet Server check box (Figure 185).
6. Click OK.

Figure 185: Windows Features window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 211
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

7. Wait while Windows configures the system (Figure 186).

Figure 186:
NOTE Once installed, the Telnet service is disabled by default.
8. Close the Program and Features window.
9. From the host desktop, double-click on the Services icon. The Services window opens (Figure 187).
10. Scroll down the services list and look for the Telnet service.

Figure 187: Services window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 212
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

11. Right-click the Telnet service and click Properties. The Telnet Properties window opens (Figure 188).
12. Change the Startup type to Automatic.
13. Click Apply.
14. Click Start.
15. Click OK.
16. Close all Services windows.

Figure 188: Telnet Properties window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 213
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Verify the I-Box Driver

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  X

1. Connect the I-Box USB cable to the Host

computer.
2. On the desktop, right-click on Computer and
click Properties.
The System window opens (Figure 189).
3. Click Device Manager.
The Device Manager window opens (Figure 190
on page 215).

Figure 189: System window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 214
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

4. Expand the Universal Serial Bus Controller

node.
5. Right-click on Philips Medical I-Box Device
(Figure 190) and click Properties.

Figure 190: Universal Serial Bus Controller list

6. Select the Driver tab (Figure 191).
7. Make sure that the correct driver version is
indicated under “Driver version: 4.1.3.23".
NOTE If the driver version is other than
indicated above, refer to I-Box Driver
Installation on page 343 to install the
correct driver version.
8. Close all windows.

Figure 191:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 215
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Restore LAN Proxy IP Address and Link Speed Settings

Post Installation Tasks

LAN Proxy Settings

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

If the recorded LAN proxy settings value was ”Automatically detect settings”, or if no settings were check marked,
then skip this section, and continue with IP Address and Link Speed Setting on page 219.

1. On the Host desktop, right-click on the Network icon, and

click Properties.
The Network and Sharing Center window opens
(Figure 192).
2. Click Internet Options.
The Internet Properties window opens (Figure 193 on
page 217).

Figure 192:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 216
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

3. Click the Connections tab.

4. Click LAN Settings.
The Local Area Network (LAN) Settings dialog box opens
(Figure 194 on page 218).

Figure 193:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 217
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. Set the settings as recorded in the pre installation

procedure:
• Upgrade from v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x - Step 4 on page 43
• Upgrade from v4.0.x - Step 5 on page 69
NOTE The Automatically detect settings check box is
selected, grayed out and cannot be modified.
6. Click OK (Figure 194).
7. Click OK in the Internet Properties window (Figure 193 on
page 217).
8. Do not close the Network and Sharing Center window
(Figure 192 on page 216).

Figure 194:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 218
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

IP Address and Link Speed Setting

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

1. On the Host desktop, right-click the Network icon

and select Properties.
2. If the Hospital-LAN connection is not listed, skip to
Recreate the Hospital-LAN Network Connection
on page 380.
3. In the Network and Sharing Center window, click
Hospital-LAN connection (Figure 195).
The Hospital LAN Status dialog box appears
(Figure 196).
Figure 195: Network Sharing Center Window
4. Click Properties.
The Hospital LAN Properties dialog box appears
(Figure 197 on page 221).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 219
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Figure 196: Hospital LAN Status

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 220
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. Double-click on Internet Protocol Version 4

(TCP/IPv4) (Figure 197-A).
6. Click Yes if you are prompted to proceed
(Figure 197-B).

B
A

Figure 197:
7. Make sure the IP properties are as recorded in the
pre installation procedure:
• Upgrade from v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x - Step 5
on page 45
• Upgrade from v4.0.x - Step 5 on page 72
8. Click Advanced (Figure 198).
The Advanced TCP/IP Settings dialog box
appears (Figure 199 on page 222).

Figure 198:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 221
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

9. Click on the WINS tab (Figure 199).

10. Set (or confirm) the WINS properties as recorded
in the pre installation procedure:
• Upgrade from v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x - Step 8
on page 46
• Upgrade from v4.0.x - Step 8 on page 74
11. Click OK (Figure 199).
12. Click OK (Figure 198 on page 221).
13. If the recorded Link Speed setting was ‚”Auto”
then close all open windows and continue with
Test the UTS Browser on the Host on page 224.

Figure 199:
14. Click Configure in the Hospital LAN Properties
window (Figure 201).
15. A popup dialog box opens (Figure 200). Click
Yes.

Figure 200:
Figure 201:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 222
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

16. Click the Advanced tab (Figure 202).

17. Set the Speed & Duplex as recorded in the pre
installation procedure:
• Upgrade from v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x - Step 14
on page 47. T5500
18. Click OK.
19. Click Close in the Hospital LAN Status dialog box
(Figure 196 on page 220).
20. Close the Network Sharing Center dialog box
(Figure 195 on page 219).
T7400

Figure 202:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 223
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Test the UTS Browser on the Host

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

1. On the Host desktop double-click on the CIRS folder.

2. Double-click on the BrowserUTS-shortcut icon
(Figure 203).

Figure 203:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 224
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

3. Click Refresh list of files.

4. If Windows firewall dialog appears asking to if you
want to block the CIRS Supervisor Unit Test click
Unblock.

Figure 204:

5. Since all the raw date was deleted, only the

dummy raw will be listed (Figure 205).
6. Close all open windows.

Figure 205:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 225
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Initialize Adobe Reader

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

Initialize Adobe Reader as follows:

1. On the Desktop, double-click the Adobe Reader icon.
2. In the software license agreement window, click Accept.
3. Close Adobe Reader.

Connect the Bar Code Reader

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

NOTE If you do not have a bar code reader, skip this section.
Reconnect the USB cable for the barcode reader to the host.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 226
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Verify the Tube History Data

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

1. Make sure your IST Smartcard is inserted (see IST Smart Card on page 31).
2. On the Host desktop, double-click on the Service Tools icon.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 227
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

3. From the Analysis tab, select Tube History Tool from the application list (Figure 206).

Figure 206:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 228
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

4. The Total System Scan Seconds window opens (Figure 207).

Figure 207:
5. Refer to the data you recorded in the pre installation procedure:
• Upgrade from v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x - Table 9 on page 55.
• Upgrade from v4.0.x - Table 12 on page 81.
6. If the Scan Seconds and the Shot Count are correct, skip to Step 14 on page 231.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 229
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

7. If the data is missing, click Update Tube History DB from the Total System Scan Seconds window.

Figure 208:
8. In the Previous Total Number of Shots field, enter the value received from this calculation:
{Total System Shots Count} minus {Current Tube Shots Count} minus {Old Tube Shots Count}
9. In the Previous Total Scan Seconds field, enter the value received from this calculation:
{Total System Scan Seconds} minus {Current Tube Scan Seconds} minus {Old Tube Scan Seconds}
10. Click Submit (button located in the lower right area of the window).

11. Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box (Figure 209).

Figure 209:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 230
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

12. Click OK in the status update box (Figure 210).

NOTE If you want to confirm that the data was
updated then close Service Tools, and repeat
the procedure from Step 2 on page 227.
13. If you have the SyncRght option already installed by
Medrad, then skip now to Troubleshoot the
SyncRight Option on page 356. Otherwise make
sure to perform this section when the Medrad
representative has completed installing the option. Figure 210:
14. Close the Service Tools.
15. Click Yes at the confirmation dialog box (Figure 211).

Figure 211:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 231
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Install Windows Network Paper Printer

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

If a network paper printer was not previously connected, then skip this section.

1. If needed, Log On as philips_service.

2. Click Start > Devices and Printers.
The Devices and Printers window opens
(Figure 212).
3. Click Add Printer. The Add Printer Wizard
appears (Figure 213 on page 233).

Figure 212: Devices and Printers Window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 232
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

4. Click Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth

printer.

Figure 213: Add Printer dialog box

5. Click The printer that I want isn’t listed.

Figure 214:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 233
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

6. If you have the printer’s IP address, click Add a

printer using a TCP/IP address or
hostname.
7. Click Next.

Figure 215:
8. Enter the IP address in the Hostname or IP
address field.
9. Click Next.

Figure 216:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 234
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

10. Wait while Windows detects the TCP/IP ports.

Figure 217:
11. Enter the required printer name, or leave the
default name.
12. Click Next.

Figure 218:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 235
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

13. Wait while Windows installs the device drivers.

Figure 219:
14. Set whether to share the computer.
15. If required, enter the location, and comment.
16. Click Next.

Figure 220:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 236
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

17. If required, print a test page, top test the printer.

18. Click Finish.
19. The printer is now displayed in the Printers
and Faxes area of the Devices and Printers
window (Figure 212 on page 232).
20. Repeat the above steps for all the network
paper printers.

Figure 221:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 237
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Configure Remote Services

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

Configure Ports
RSN configuration for the site firewall should have the following ports available. The site firewall must also have
outbound access to the RSN servers in the IP range 192.68.48.0/255.255.252.0. Contact the site IT Administrator to
assist with this configuration.
NOTE The LaunchPad Port Test tool reports a status of Closed/Failed for Remote Console port 9055 unless the local
operator enables Remote Access on the Host Computer.

Table 18: Port Configuration

Application Inbound Port Outbound Port

SFTP (Secure FTP) 22 n/a
SSH (Secure Telnet) 22 n/a
Telnet 23 n/a
IST 5660 n/a
Remote Console 9055 n/a
Philips Service Agent (PSA) n/a 443
Universal Log Viewer 80 n/a
Philips Anti-Virus Service n/a 80

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 238
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Connect to M2M Server

v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

 

There are three ways to connect to the M2M Server:

NOTE Refer to the pre installation section to review the remote configuration mode you recorded:
For Upgrades from v2.6.x / v3.x - Step 6 on page 58
For Upgrades from v4.0.x - Step 3 on page 79
• Connect to M2M Server Through RSN on page 240. This procedure is for a site that has an RSN connection, and
does not use Source NAT.
• Configure Remote Services for Sites that Use Source NAT IP Addressing on page 243. This procedure is for a site
that has an RSN connection, and uses Source NAT.
• Connect to M2M Server Through iSSL on page 250. iSSL (Internet Secure Sockets Layer) is based on the SSL
standard security technology for establishing an encrypted link between a web server and a client over an Internet
connection. This link ensures that all data passed between the web server and client remain private.
Advantages of iSSL:
• Simple network configuration and installation saves time and money.
• Ensures the highest security standard.
• Facilitates connectivity to M2M server.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 239
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Connect to M2M Server Through RSN

This procedure is for a site that has an RSN connection, and does not use Source NAT.
Before you use the Remote Configuration tool, make sure that the System Serial Number and Material Number
matches the PRS Installed Base data (see Verify the System is in the PRS Installed Base Data on page 349).
NOTE The serial number in the Remote Configuration must MATCH the serial number in the PRS Installed Base Data
in order to register properly! If the serial number and system type are not correct in the RSN LaunchPad System
Information table, then you must correct the configuration - use the RSN Data Admin tool. You can also call the
RSN Help Desk to assist with updating the system information.

1. On the desktop double-click the Service Tools icon.

Figure 222:
2. Click the Repair tab.

Figure 223:
3. On the Application List, click Remote
Configuration.

Figure 224:
4. In the Remote Configuration Mode drop-down
menu, select No Certificate (RSN) (Figure 225).

Figure 225:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 240
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. For System Serial Number, type in the system's

serial number (Figure 225 on page 240).
NOTE You must enter the EXACT System Serial
Number as it appears on the tag on the rear Figure 226:
of the gantry. Make sure you do not
accidentally use the Gantry Serial Number!
6. Click Register (Figure 226).

7. Remote Configuration now sets up the system connection with the M2M server. During this process, the progress
bar in the lower left-hand corner shows the progress percentage.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 241
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

8. When the registration completes, the Registration Details pane displays the results (Figure 227 or Figure 228).
9. If the registration is successful you are done. If it is not successful, check the Recommended Actions in the Result
box at the bottom of the screen.
NOTE If the Remote Configuration fails, try to register it several times, or connect to system via RSN. If it still fails, you
must resolve any RSN-M2M connectivity issues. Check the Failure Description for any issues (Figure 228). Once
the connectivity issues are resolved, you must run the Remote Configuration again. If you are not on site when
the connectivity issues are resolved, then run the Remote Configuration again on your next visit to the site.

Figure 227: Successful Test Results

Figure 228: Failed Test Results

10. Close Service Tools., and click Yes at the confirmation dialog box (Figure 229).

Figure 229:
11. Continue to Configure Voice Levels on page 254.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 242
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Configure Remote Services for Sites that Use Source NAT IP Addressing
This procedure is for a site that uses source NAT IP Addressing to connect to the Philips Remote Service (PRS) Data
Center. Source NAT is an Internet standard that allows hosts on local area networks to use one set of IP addresses for
internal communications and another set of IP addresses for external communications.
Communication to the PRS Data Center uses local IP addresses assigned by the site IT administrators, which are then translated to the IP address of the PRS server.

1. Ask the site IT administrator for the source NAT addresses. The site IT administrator assigns an IP address and
port for the M2M Enterprise server on the site network. Source NAT changes this site-assigned IP address and port
to the IP address and port used by the PRS Data Center.
2. Before you use the Remote Configuration tool, verify the System Serial Number matches what is in the PRS
Installed Base Data (see Verify the System is in the PRS Installed Base Data on page 349).
NOTE The serial number in Remote Configuration must MATCH the serial number in the PRS Installed Base Data in
order to register properly! If the serial number and system type are not correct in the RSN LaunchPad System
Information table, then you must correct the configuration - use the RSN Data Adman tool. You can also call the
GCS Help Desk to assist with updating the system information.

1. On the desktop double-click the Service Tools icon.

Figure 230:
2. Click the Repair tab.

Figure 231:
3. On the Application List, click Remote
Configuration.

Figure 232:
4. On the Remote Configuration window, click
Advanced.

Figure 233:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 243
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. Refer to Figure 234 while performing these steps:

a. On the Remote Configuration Mode drop-down menu, select No Certificate (RSN).
b. For System Serial Number, type in the system's serial number.
c. Set M2M Server to ProductionServer.
NOTE The M2M Server uses two IP addresses for communication. When you use Source NAT IP addressing, you must
enter both the Server and TA IP addresses and port numbers that you receive from the site IT Administrator.
d. For NAT Config, enter the Server Address and Port Number.
e. For NAT Config, enter the TA Address and Port Number.
f. Click Register.

a c
b

d
e

Figure 234:
6. Remote Configuration now sets up the system connection with the M2M server. During this process, the progress
bar in the lower left-hand corner shows the percentage complete.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 244
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

7. When the registration completes, the Registration Details pane displays the results (Figure 235 or Figure 236).
8. If the registration is successful you are done. If it is not successful, check the Recommended Actions
(Figure 236).

Figure 235: Successful Test Results

Figure 236: Failed Test Results

NOTE If the Remote Configuration fails, resolve any RSN-M2M connectivity issues. Check the Failure Description for any
issues (Figure 236). Once the resolved, you must run the Remote Configuration again. If you are not on site when
the connectivity issues are resolved, then run the Remote Configuration again on your next visit to the site.

9. Close Service Tools, and click Yes at the confirmation dialog box (Figure 237).

Figure 237:
10. On the Host desktop, click Start > Control Panel.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 245
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

11. Click Windows Firewall.

Figure 238:
12. Click Advanced Settings (Figure 239).

Figure 239: Windows Firewall Window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 246
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

13. Click Inbound Rules (Figure 240).

Figure 240: Windows Firewall with Advanced Security

WIndow
14. Double-click on the copSSH icon.
The copSSH Properties dialog box opens.

Figure 241:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 247
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

15. Click Programs and Services (Figure 242).

16. In the Programs box, make sure that:
a. The This program radio button is selected.
b. The sshd.exe application is shown for the
program.

Figure 242:
17. Click the Scope tab (Figure 243).

Figure 243:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 248
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

18. Select These IP addresses.

19. Add the NAT IP address range you received
from the site IT administrator.
20. Click Apply and then click OK.

Figure 244:

21. For each of these applications in the Programs and Services list, double-click the application and perform Step 14
on page 247 to Step 20 on page 249:
• ICE_TCP
• ICE_UDP
• SSHD
• Telnet
22. When you finish to change the scope on the applications listed in the previous step, click OK on the Windows
Firewall dialog box.
23. Continue to Configure Voice Levels on page 254.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 249
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Connect to M2M Server Through iSSL

IMPORTANT ! If an RSN VPN connection is available at the site, M2M must use that connection. The iSSL
link can only be used at sites that do not have an RSN VPN (IPSec) connection.
1. Before you use the Remote Configuration tool, make sure the System Serial Number matches the PRS Installed
Base data (see Verify the System is in the PRS Installed Base Data on page 349).
NOTE The serial number in the Remote Configuration must MATCH the serial number in the PRS Installed Base Data
in order to register properly! If the serial number and system type are not correct in the RSN LaunchPad System
Information table, then you must correct the configuration - use the RSN Data Admin tool. You can also call the
RSN Help Desk to assist with updating the system information.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 250
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

2. On the desktop double-click on the Service Tools

icon.

Figure 245:
3. Click the Repair tab.

Figure 246:
4. On the Application List, click Remote
Configuration.

Figure 247:
5. On the Remote Configuration window, click
Advanced.

Figure 248:
6. Select iSSL Link from the Remote Configuration
Mode drop down menu (Figure 249).
7. Enter the System Serial Number.

Figure 249: Remote Configuration Mode

NOTE You must enter the EXACT System Serial Number as it appears on the tag on the back of the gantry.
Make sure you do not accidentally use the Gantry Serial Number!

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 251
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

8. If the site uses a proxy server, enter the information

you obtained from the site IT Administrator (refer to
General Requirements on page 20).
a. First enter the Proxy IP Address and Port.
b. Enter the user name and password if required.
c. If the proxy server is an NTLM type select the
NTLM check box, if not leave it empty.

Figure 250: Proxy Configuration

9. Click Register.

Figure 251:

10. Remote Configuration now sets up the system connection with the M2M server. During this process, the progress
bar in the lower left-hand area shows the percentage complete.
11. When the registration completes, the results are displayed in the Registration Details pane (Figure 252 or
Figure 253 on page 253).
12. If registration is successful, you are done. If it is not successful, check the Recommended actions in the Result box
at the bottom of the screen.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 252
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Figure 252: Successful Test Results

Figure 253: Failed Test Results

NOTE If the Remote Configuration fails, you must resolve any RSN-M2M connectivity issues. Check the Registration
Summary for any issues (Figure 253). Once resolved, you must run the Remote Configuration again. If you are not
on-site when the connectivity issues are resolved, then run the Remote Configuration again on your next visit to
the site.
13. Close Service Tools., and click Yes at the confirmation dialog box (Figure 254).

Figure 254:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 253
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Configure Voice Levels

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  
S

1. On the Host computer move the cursor to the

bottom of the monitor and when the task bar
appears click Start > Control Panel.
2. If needed, click the View by list and select Large
Icons (Figure 255).

Figure 255:
3. Scroll down and click Sound (Figure 256).

Figure 256: Sound Icon in Control Panel

4. Double-click the Speakers icon (Figure 257).

Figure 257: Sound Window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 254
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. Click the Levels tab (Figure 258).

6. Set the sliders for the Speakers at 55, the
Microphone at 24, the Rear Input at 24
(Figure 258).
NOTE The speakers level sets the volume levels of
the sound that is heard when the scanner is
ready to scan. You may have to readjust it if
the operator finds it to loud.
7. Click OK to confirm and to close the Speakers
Properties window (Figure 258).
8. Close the Sound window (Figure 257 on
page 254). Figure 258: Speakers Properties Window
9. Close the Control Panel window.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 255
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Restore Custom Voice Recordings

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

X  

If you do not need to restore custom voice recordings from a previous version, then skip this section and continue with
Record Voice Messages from the CT Box on page 273.
1. Refer to Table 1 on page 22.
2. Press the Windows + E keys.
3. Navigate to C:\Pms\Config\ScannerFramework\Voice.
4. If all your custom messages are in languages that are not listed, then skip to Custom Voice Recordings in User
Defined Languages on page 260.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 256
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Custom Voice Recordings in Existing Languages

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

X  

1. Navigate to the backup folder in D:\Temp.

2. Double-click on the backup folder.
A list of compressed folders is displayed (Figure 259).

Figure 259: List of Compressed Folders

3. Double-click on the Voice compressed folder.
A new window opens with the Voice folder only listed.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 257
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

4. Double-click on the Voice folder.

A new window opens with two folders listed (Figure 260).

Figure 260:
5. Double-click on the c%usr%diamond.root%cfg%voice folder.
A new window opens with all the available language folders (Figure 261).

Figure 261:
6. Double-click on the folder of the required language.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 258
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

7. The content of the folder is displayed, listing Pre# and Post# .wav files (Figure 262) and a configuration file.

Figure 262:
8. Select and copy all the .wav files.
NOTE Do not copy the .cfg file.
9. Navigate to C:\Pms\Config\ScannerFramework\Voice.
10. Double-click on the folder with the required language.
The folder contains several .wav files titled Pre# and Post#.
11. Paste the .wav files into the corresponding language folder. Choose Copy and replace when prompted.
12. Repeat Step 6 on page 258 to Step 11 on page 259 for every additional custom voice in the available languages
(refer to what was recorded in Table 1 on page 22).
13. If you need to restore additional voice recordings in a user-defined language, continue with Custom Voice
Recordings in User Defined Languages on page 260. Otherwise, close Windows Explorer and continue with
Record Voice Messages from the CT Box on page 273.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 259
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Custom Voice Recordings in User Defined Languages

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

X  

This section describe how to restore voice sets in user-defined language.

1. Log Off and log On as philips_service.
2. From the desktop, launch Workflow.

NOTE Wait a few seconds until the screens are updated with the default information.
3. If the Performance Log Utility dialog box appears then click Close the program.

Figure 263: Performance Log Utility dialog box

4. Click the Key icon.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 260
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. From the Utilities list, click Voice Manager (Figure 264).

The Voice Manager window opens (Figure 265 on page 262).

Figure 264: Selecting Voice Manager

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 261
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Figure 265: Voice Manager window

6. Click Add Language.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 262
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

The New Language dialog box opens (Figure 266).

Figure 266: New Language dialog box

7. Refer to Table 1 on page 22, and type the language name (Polish in this example) and click OK.
8. In the Voice Manager, make sure that the new language was added to the list. You may have to scroll down to the
bottom of the list, using the arrow shown in Figure 267.
NOTE A corresponding folder is also created in C:\Pms\Config\ScannerFramework\Voice.

New language added

Scrolling arrow

Figure 267: New Language Added

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 263
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

9. Click the down arrow in the new language tab (Figure 268).

Figure 268:
10. In the Voice Manager, click Add Phrase.

Figure 269: Add Phrase icon

A Wizard window opens (Figure 270). In the following steps you will create pre and post dummy files for each
phrase. These dummy files will be later replaced by the files in your v3.5 / v3.6 backup.
11. Click the Name of the Phrase drop down button and select the each phrase from the list. If you want to create a
new phrase, type the new phrase name.

Figure 270: Selecting a Phrase from the Phrase Name list

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 264
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

12. Click Next (Figure 271).

Figure 271:
13. Click the Record button (Figure 272) to record the Pre-phrase.
14. After 2 seconds, click the Stop button.

Figure 272:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 265
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

15. Click Next (Figure 273).

Figure 273:
16. Click Record again to record the Post-phrase (Figure 274).

Figure 274:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 266
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

17. After 2 seconds, click the Stop button.

18. Click Finish (Figure 275).

Figure 275:
19. In Voice Manager, a new Voice Message now appears under the language you added (Figure 276).

Figure 276:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 267
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

NOTES • Two corresponding files are also created in the language folder you created in
C:\Pms\Config\ScannerFramework\Voice.
• If you chose the standard phrases, the number next to 'Post' and 'Pre' would be between 1-8, as follows:
i. S. Inspiration, Breathe-> Post1, Pre1
ii. L. Inspiration, Breathe-> Post2, Pre2
iii. S. Expiration, Breathe-> Post3, Pre3
iv. L. Expiration, Breathe-> Post4, Pre4
v. Don't Move, Relax-> Post5, Pre5
vi. Hold Air Don't Swa, Breathe-> Post6, Pre6
vii. Don't Swallow, Relax-> Post 7, Pre7
viii. S. Inspi. StepAndShoot, Breathe-> Post8, Pre8.
• If you typed in a custom name, the number next to the 'Post' and 'Pre' files would start from the number 9
and continue in an ascending order- Post9, Pre9, Post10, Pre10, Post 11, Pre11, etc.
20. Repeat Step 10 on page 264 to Step 18 on page 267 for each of the used standard phrases and any additional
phrases you require.
21. Repeat Step 6 on page 262 to Step 20 on page 268 for any additional language.
22. Double-click on the backup folder.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 268
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

NOTE If needed, use the Windows + E keys and navigate to D:\temp first.
A list of compressed folders is displayed (Figure 277).

Figure 277: List of Compressed Folders

23. Double-click on the Voice compressed folder.
A new window opens with the Voice folder only listed.
24. Double-click on the Voice folder.
A new window opens with two folders listed (Figure 278).

Figure 278:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 269
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

25. Double-click on the c%usr%diamond.root%cfg%voice folder.

A new window opens with all the available language folders (Figure 279).

Figure 279:
26. Double-click on the folder of the required language.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 270
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

27. The content of the folder is displayed, listing Pre# and Post# .wav files (Figure 262) and a configuration file.

Figure 280:
28. Based on the voice phrases you created in the preceding steps, select and copy all the required .wav files.
29. Make sure the numbering of the Pre and Post files match the ones in C:\Pms\Config\ScannerFramework\Voice
(the voice phrase matches the numbering). If they do not match, change them according to the order in the Voice
Manager.
NOTE Do not copy the .cfg file.
30. Navigate to C:\Pms\Config\ScannerFramework\Voice.
31. Double-click on the folder with the required language.
32. Paste the .wav files you copied into the corresponding language folder. Choose Copy and replace when prompted.
33. Repeat Step 26 on page 270 to Step 32 on page 271 for every additional language.
34. Close WIndows Explorer.
35. In Voice Manager (Figure 265 on page 262), click Save & Exit.
36. Close Windows Explorer.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 271
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

37. Click OK to confirm (Figure 281).

Figure 281: Relaunch required message box

38. From the Utilities list, click Voice Manager.
39. In Voice manager, check that all the voice phrases are listed under the language you defined.
40. Close Voice Manager.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 272
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Record Voice Messages from the CT Box

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

If Restore Custom Voice Recordings on page 256 was not performed in this upgrade, then the customer will have to
record the voice messages again.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 273
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

NOTE Only perform this procedure if the customer prefers to record voice messages from the CT Box instead from
their own microphone connected to the front of the computer. if the customer is not sure, perform this
procedure.
1. At the task bar, right-click on the speaker icon.
2. Click Recording Devices.
The Sound window opens (Figure 282).

Figure 282:
3. Continue as follows:
• If the microphone is listed, then continue with Step 4 on page 274.
• If the microphone is not listed, then close the Sound window, and continue with Step 6 on page 275:
4. If the Microphone status is not set to Disabled or Currently unavailable, then right-click on Microphone and click
Disable. This will enable the rear input and remove the microphone icon (Figure 283).
5. Click OK to close the Sound window.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 274
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Figure 283:
6. Continue as follows:
• If you upgraded from v3.6.x, then continue with Import additional Files from v3.6.x Only on page 276.
• If you upgraded from v2.6.x / v3.5.x, then continue with Set the Workflow Parameters on page 277.
• If you upgraded from v4.0.x, then continue with Confirm the Restore of the Host Name on page 290.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 275
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Import additional Files from v3.6.x Only

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x v3.6.x v4.0.x

X X  X

1. Press the Windows + E keys.

2. Navigate to d:\pms\data\doselog\.
3. Insert the media and copy the two files copied in Acquire Additional Files from v3.6.x on page 63 into the above
folder.
4. Close Windows Explorer.

!
CAUTION Only remove the USB storage device by selecting the “Safely remove hardware” dialog on the
Windows task bar.
5. Safely eject and remove the DVD-RAM or USB (see Safely Removing USB Devices on page 30).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 276
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Set the Workflow Parameters

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  X

This section describes how to set the necessary Workflow application preferences.
1. Log Off, and then reboot the Host computer.
2. Log On as philips_service.
3. From the desktop, launch Workflow.
4. If the Performance Log Utility dialog box appears then click Close the program.

Figure 284: Performance Log Utility dialog box

NOTE Wait a few seconds until the screens are updated with the default information.
5. On the right hand monitor click Preferences.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 277
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

6. Under Scanning Options (Figure 285):

a. If the SyncRight option is NOT installed, select Hardware SAS.
NOTE If the SyncRight option is NOT installed, the Enable SyncRight property will not be displayed.
b. Select the Infant Phantom check box.
.

Figure 285:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 278
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

7. If the scanner is used for Oncology, select Image Rotation Calibration. Otherwise skip this step.

Figure 286: Scanning Options in Preferences

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 279
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

8. Click Reconstruction.
9. Make sure that the Automatic Matrix check box is unchecked (Figure 287).

Figure 287: Reconstruction Preferences

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 280
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

10. If there are no devices that are set to receive Structured Report according to the settings you recorded in Network
Settings Requirements on page 22, confirm or un-check the Create Dose Structured Report and skip to Step 16
on page 283.
11. Click Dose Management.
12. Confirm or check the Create Dose Structured Report check box (Figure 288).

Figure 288: Dose Management Preferences

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 281
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

13. Click Select Devices.

The device list opens (Figure 289).
14. According to the settings you recorded in Network Settings Requirements on page 22, select the devices that the
Dose summary page will be sent to in the Structured Report format.
15. Click OK.

Figure 289: Device List

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 282
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

16. Click Patient Directory.

Figure 290: Patient Directory Preferences

17. Next to Display transferred icon: click Select devices (Figure 290).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 283
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Figure 291: Device List

18. According to the settings you recorded in Network Settings Requirements on page 22, select the Archive
(transferred) devices that will show a green icon in the series list when the images were transferred to those
devices (normally PACS).
19. Click OK.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 284
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

20. Scroll down and click Institute Information (Figure 292).

Figure 292: Institute Information Data

21. If the product serial number is not listed, then enter it.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 285
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

22. If the customer does not use a logo, then click OK in the Preferences window to confirm, and click OK on the re-
launch message (Figure 293), and skip to Step 35 on page 289.

Figure 293:
23. Insert the media with the logo.
24. Click Cancel if the Add New Device dialog box opens (Figure 294).
NOTE This dialog opens when you insert a USB device, requesting to add the device to the archive.
\

Figure 294:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 286
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

25. In Preferences, click Reporting.

26. Click Change Report Logo.

Figure 295:
27. Click Add Logo.

Figure 296: Logo Configuration Dialog box

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 287
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

28. Enter a name for the custom logo in

the Logo Name field.
29. Click Browse.

Figure 297: Add Logo Dialog box

30. Navigate to and select the required
logo image file.
31. Click OK.

Figure 298: Select Logo Image File

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 288
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

32. Click on the required image.

33. Click OK.

Figure 299: Logo Configuration

34. Click OK in the Preferences window to confirm and click OK to the Relaunch message box (Figure 293 on
page 286).
35. Log out from the Workflow.
36. Log Off and log On as philips_service.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 289
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Confirm the Restore of the Host Name

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

1. On the desktop right-click Computer and click

Properties (Figure 300).
2. Refer to the computer name that was recorded in
Table 7 on page 41.
If the computer name is correct, then close the
System window and continue with Convert
Protocols on page 293.
3. If the computer name is incorrect:
a. Click Change Settings (Figure 300). The System
Properties window opens (Figure 301).

Figure 300:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 290
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

b. Click Change.
The Computer Name Changes window opens
(Figure 302).

Figure 301:

!
CAUTION The computer name CANNOT
consist of numbers alone.
c. Enter the computer name recorded in the pre
installation procedure:
• Upgrade from v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x - Table 7
on page 41.
• Upgrade from v4.0.x - The computer name is
restored automatically.
d. Do not change the workgroup name (i.e., keep the
name “Workgroup”).
e. Click OK.

Figure 302:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 291
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

NOTE In the following step, the message may be hidden behind other open windows.
4. Read the messages that appear (it may be hidden behind other open windows).
5. When the ”Changes will not take effect until after restart” message appears, click OK to restart the computer.
6. If it was not previously done, make sure to remove the DVD-RAM or USB device.

!
CAUTION Only remove the USB storage device by selecting the “Safely remove hardware” dialog on the
Windows task bar (see Safely Removing USB Devices on page 30).
7. Click Confirm at the popup dialog box.
8. When the Host reboots, log On as philips_service.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 292
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Convert Protocols
Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

X  X

IMPORTANT ! If you had v2.6.x installed, then the protocols will be re-created by the Application Specialists.
If you had software v4.0.x installed, the system configuration (including protocols) was restored when you
installed the v4.1 software.
Skip this section and continue with Calibration and Adjustment on page 302.

1. On the desktop, double-click on the

Workflow icon.
2. From the Workflow window, click on the
Key icon.
3. Click on Exam Card Manager
(Figure 303).
Figure 303:
4. In the Login dialog box, enter CT (in
upper case) for the password and click
OK (Figure 304).
The Exam Card Manager window opens
(Figure 305 on page 294).

Figure 304: ECM Login dialog box

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 293
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. Click on the EC Sharing tab.

6. Click on Import Legacy Protocols.

Figure 305: Exam Card Manager window

7. In the Convert Protocols dialog box, click
Browse (Figure 306).
The Import Files dialog box opens
(Figure 307 on page 295).

Figure 306: Convert Protocols dialog box

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 294
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

8. Click on drive D:\ from the left pane.

9. Navigate to the Temp folder.
10. Double-click on the backup folder to view
its content.

Figure 307: Import Files dialog box

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 295
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

11. Click on the scan.zip file (Figure 308).

12. Click OK.
The Import Files dialog box closes and
the protocols are now listed in the
Convert Protocols dialog box
(Figure 309).
NOTE If you need to correct your
selection, click on the Change
button, and repeat the file
selection process.

Figure 308: Import Files dialog box

13. Click Start Convert.

Figure 309: Convert Protocols dialog box

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 296
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

14. Wait while the protocols are being

converted (Figure 310).
NOTE The progress is indicated by a
progress bar.

Figure 310: Conversion in progress

15. When complete, a Save Report button is
added to the dialog box (Figure 311).
16. Make sure that the conversion was
completed successfully. This is indicated
by the value in the Pass and Fail fields.
17. Click on Save Report button to save a
report on the protocol conversion. Use
D:\temp as the location to save the
report.
18. Copy the report to a USB device or the
DVD-RAM.

Figure 311: Conversion Completed

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 297
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

19. Click Cancel if the Add New Device

dialog box opens (Figure 312).
NOTE This dialog opens when you insert
a USB device, requesting to add
the device to the archive.
20.

Figure 312:

!
CAUTION Only remove a USB storage device by selecting the “Safely remove hardware” dialog on the
Windows task bar (see Safely Removing USB Devices on page 30).
21. Eject and remove the USB device or DVD-RAM.
22. Send the report file to the site application support person. If there is an L3 application support assign to the site,
then copy that person on your E-mail.
NOTE If any failed conversions failed, then the Exam Cards will have to be re-built with the assistance of the Application
Support Specialist.
23. Click Exit (Figure 311 on page 297).
24. Click Exit in the Exam Card Manager (Figure 305 on page 294).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 298
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Install the Operation Manuals

Post Installation Tasks

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

1. If needed, log On as philips_service and launch the Workflow.

2. Press the Windows + E keys.
3. Right-click on drive G:\, and select Eject.
NOTE Make sure to use Drive G:\ in the next step.
4. Insert the PHCT_Ingenuity_4.1_IFU_1.0.0.11 media into the DVD tray of drive G:\.
5. In the application, click on the ? icon at the top right hand side of the monitor (Figure 313).
A context menu appears (Figure 314 on page 299).

Figure 313:
6. Click Import from disc (Figure 314).
The Import Operation Manual dialog box opens (Figure 315).

Figure 314:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 299
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

7. Click the Select language list box and select the required language (Figure 315).

Figure 315:
8. Click Import (Figure 316).

Figure 316:
9. Wait until the Import Operation Manual dialog box closes.
10. Click the ? icon (Figure 317).
The Open Operation Manual dialog box opens (Figure 317).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 300
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Post Installation Tasks
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

11. Click Open Operation Manual.

Figure 317:
12. The operation manual help opens (Figure 318).

Figure 318:
13. Close the operation manual.
14. Eject the CD.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 301
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Calibration and Adjustment
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Calibration and Adjustment

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

!
WARNING Before you start any calibrations, make sure the gantry is not tilted.

!
CAUTION Do not perform any Exam Card scans before you perform the tests/calibrations. It may cause ACQ errors.
NOTES • For full calibration instructions, refer to the v4.1 Calibration and Adjustment manual.
• If a calibration fails, repeat the calibration procedure before you start a troubleshooting session.
• During phantom calibration, if needed, wait for the system temperature to stabilize (click More in the
Temperature Status window, if the temperature in the green zone, then click Close and continue).

Figure 319: Temperature Status window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 302
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Calibration and Adjustment
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Table 19: v4.1 iPatient Calibration Matrix

Upgrade from Version Required Calibrations Comments

Load Tube Defaults

Short Tube Conditioning

Rotor Balance

Filament - Pass 1

Bad Detector

If the Tube Alignment calibration results passed then continue with the
Tube Alignment calibrations listed below. If it failed, perform: FS Width, DFS Position,
Filament Pass 2, and then continue with the next calibration listed.

A-plane skew/Offset/
Opening

DFS Position

UHR Comb Align

v2.6.x UHR DFS Position

Phantom Calibration

Air Calibration

Hcor Basic, Adult + Infant

Hcor Slice, Adult + Infant

Instructions to perform this test are provided in Performance Infant Test on

Performance Infant test
page 308.

The Performance test must be performed before the Acceptance test and
Performance test (Partial) the IQ Check. Instructions to perform this test are provided in Running the
Performance Test to Obtain the Acculon Value on page 308.

If the Acceptance test fails, check the system phantom tilt using a spirit
Acceptance test
level, and adjust if needed.

IQ test

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 303
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Calibration and Adjustment
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Table 19: v4.1 iPatient Calibration Matrix

Upgrade from Version Required Calibrations Comments

Short Tube Conditioning

If the Tube Alignment calibration results passed then continue with the
Tube Alignment calibrations listed below. If it failed, perform: FS Width, DFS Position,
Filament Pass 2, and then continue with the calibrations listed below.

A-Plane Opening

UHR Comb Align

UHR DFS Position

Phantom Calibration

Air Calibration
v3.5.x / v3.6.x
Hcor Basic, Adult + Infant

Hcor Slice, Adult + Infant

Instructions to perform this test are provided in Performance Infant Test on

Performance Infant test
page 308.

The Performance test must be performed before the Acceptance test and
Performance test (Partial) the IQ Check. Instructions to perform this test are provided in Running the
Performance Test to Obtain the Acculon Value on page 308.

If the Acceptance test fails, check the system phantom tilt using a spirit
Acceptance test
level, and adjust if needed.

IQ test

If the Acceptance test fails, check the system phantom tilt using a spirit
Acceptance test
v4.x level, and adjust if needed.

IQ test

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 304
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Calibration and Adjustment
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Before you start with the calibrations, perform these tests:

1. Using the Power button, restart the CIRS server.

2. Wait 3 minutes to allow the CIRS server to boot
completely.
3. Log Out the Workflow and restart the host
(Figure 320):
a. Click the Start button.
b. Click on the Shut down list.
c. Select Restart.
4. Press the blue button on the left Gantry column, wait
Figure 320:
1 minute and then press the blue button again to turn
the gantry on.
5. Log On to the Host as philips_service.
6. On the host desktop, double-click on the Workflow
icon.
7. Turn the key on the CT box to close E-Stop. Figure 321:
8. Click the Key icon (Figure 321).
9. Click Quality Assurance (Figure 322).
The Quality Assurance window opens (Figure 323).

Figure 322:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 305
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Calibration and Adjustment
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Figure 323: Quality Assurance window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 306
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Calibration and Adjustment
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

10. For each calibration/test:

a. Select the check mark, click Start (Figure 324) and follow on-screen instructions to perform and complete the
test.

Figure 324:
b. When the calibration/test is complete, the test results are displayed (Figure 325).
c. Click Start a new procedure (Figure 325). This clears the results page and returns to the main Quality
Assurance window so you can perform the next test.

Figure 325:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 307
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Calibration and Adjustment
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Performance Infant Test

IMPORTANT ! Make sure there are no air bubbles in the infant phantom chambers. If needed, fill the
phantom with water.

1. In the Quality Assurance window (Figure 323 on page 306), under System Tests select Performance Infant Test.

2. Click Start .
3. Follow on-screen instructions to perform the test.
4. If needed, wait while the system temperature stabilizes
(Figure 326).

Figure 326:

Running the Performance Test to Obtain the Acculon Value

IMPORTANT ! Make sure there are no air bubbles in the phantom chambers. If needed, fill with water.
NOTE The System Phantom Tilt alignment is not set automatically. Follow the instructions that appear on the screen
to align the phantom.
1. Under System Tests select Performance Test. (Figure 327).
2. Click Customize.

Figure 327:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 308
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Calibration and Adjustment
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

3. Select the Body lin2 test (Figure 328).

4. Click OK.
NOTE The Body lin2 test may fail on the water section, but will pass on the Acculon reading. This is expected.

Figure 328: Performance Test Properties window

5. Click Start (Figure 329).

6. Click OK (Figure 330).
Figure 329:

Figure 330:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 309
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Calibration and Adjustment
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

7. Follow the on-screen instructions, and then click OK (Figure 331).

Figure 331:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 310
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Calibration and Adjustment
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

8. Enter your user name and provide a reason for the test in the corresponding fields (Figure 332).
9. Click OK.

Figure 332:
10. If needed, wait for the system temperature to stabilize (Figure 333).

Figure 333:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 311
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Calibration and Adjustment
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

11. Make sure no one is in the scanner room (Figure 334).

12. Click OK.

Figure 334:
13. Wait while the test is being performed (Figure 335).

Figure 335:

14. When the test is complete, the value of the Acculon will be automatically set for the Acceptance test.
15. Continue with Acceptance Test on page 313.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 312
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Acceptance Test

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

NOTE If any test fails try to run it again.

1. Under System Tests select Acceptance Test (Figure 336).

2. Click Start .

Figure 336:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 313
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

3. Enter your user name and a reason in the corresponding fields (Figure 337).
4. Make sure that the Body Acculon CT number appears.
5. Click OK.

Figure 337:
6. If needed, wait while the system temperature stabilizes (Figure 338).

Figure 338:

7. Follow on-screen instructions to perform and complete the test.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 314
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

IQ Check

v2.6.x v3.5.x / v3.6.x v4.0.x

  

1. Under System Tests select IQ Check (Figure 339).

2. Click Start .

Figure 339:
3. Follow on-screen instructions to perform and complete the test.
4. When completed, close the Quality Assurance window.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 315
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 Final Steps
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Final Steps

IMPORTANT ! All sites must perform the steps described in this section.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 316
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Back up NVRAM

1. Open the E-stop by turning the key

on the CT Box to Open position.
2. Press the Windows + D keys to
show the desktop and then double-
click on the Service Tools icon.
3. Click Utilities from the top tool bar
(Figure 340).
4. Click Gantry > Controller Utilities.

Figure 340:
5. If the Open ESTOP dialog box
appears, click Yes. (Figure 341).

Figure 341:
6. In the Connect As selection box,
make sure that Field Service
Engineer is selected, and click
Connect (Figure 342).

Figure 342:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 317
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

NOTE The utility usually defaults to Can access to Controller. Sometimes, the first launch of Controller
Utilities may require you to select the access method. If so, select Can access to controllers.
7. Click Service Mode (Figure 343).

Figure 343:
8. Click Utilities (Figure 344).
NOTE Wait while the application
interrogates the CANBUS for
controllers data.

Figure 344:

9. Click on the boxes for all the boards to select them

(GHOST, Couch, MDP, RHOST, DMC) (Figure 345).
10. Click on the Save NVRAM box.
11. Scroll down and click Submit.
NOTE When the process completes, the screen
refreshes and the check marks are cleared
from the boxes. Scroll up to view that area. Figure 345:

12. Scroll down and click the Return radio button, then click Submit.
13. Click Return.
14. Click Application mode.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 318
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

15. After a period of time, the application button pops up, and the Ordinary Text window displays “Supreme Controller
Mode: App” (Figure 346).

Figure 346:
16. Close Service Tools.
17. Click OK in the confirmation dialog box (Figure 347).

Figure 347:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 319
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Back Up System Information

1. If needed, insert a DVD-RAM media or a USB storage device for the backup.
NOTE The dialog box in Figure 348 appears only if the Workflow is open. It requests to add the device to the archive.
Click Cancel.
\

Figure 348:
2. Press the keys Windows + D to view the desktop and double-click on the BackupRestoreTool icon.
The Backup and Restore Tool window opens (Figure 349 on page 321).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 320
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Backup Components

Backup progress
indicator

Figure 349: Backup and Restore Tool Window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 321
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

3. Enter your name in the User Name field.

4. If needed, click Browse to set the backup
archive location (D:\ServiceTemp, the
DVD-RAM drive, or USB storage device).
5. If needed, rename the backup file name
to a meaningful name (if listed, it is
recommended to delete the “_not
available_” string).
6. Enter a comment in the Comment field
(optional).
7. Make sure that all check boxes are
selected.
Figure 350:
8. Click Backup (Figure 349 on page 321).
NOTE The screen capture is for illustration only. The total failed
9. A backup log window opens (Figure 350). number on your system may vary. Ignore all FileNotFound
10. Ignore any FileNotFound messages. messages.

11. Wait till the progress bar shows 100% and it shows backup completed successfully (Figure 351).

Figure 351:
12. Close the log window.
NOTE Another full backup must be done after the application training person is done modifying all the Exam Cards.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 322
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

!
CAUTION Comply with Handling Electronic Protected Health Information (ePHI) on page 29.

!
CAUTION Only remove the USB storage device by selecting the “Safely remove hardware” dialog on the
Windows task bar (see Safely Removing USB Devices on page 30).
13. Eject the USB device or the DVD-RAM.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 323
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Load v4.1 Firmware Files onto the FSE Laptop

IMPORTANT ! In this procedure, the 1-Click DVD will not format or install the OS on the FSE laptop.

1. Insert the iCT_uCT_BR64_1Click_4.1.0.XX260 DVD into the

DVD drive on your laptop:
2. Press the Windows + E keys and double-click on the DVD drive.
3. Navigate to the folder FIRMWARECD.
4. Double-click on the file AUTORUNFIRMWARE.HTA.
5. When a Firmware Installation dialog box appears, click OK
(Figure 352).

Figure 352: Firmware Installation dialog box

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 324
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

6. The installation starts.

During the installation CMD windows open to show that
previous files are being removed (Figure 353). Also,
progress boxes appear to show installation progress
(Figure 354).

Figure 353:

Figure 354:
7. When the dialog box shown in Figure 355 appears, click
OK.
8. Remove the DVD from the DVD tray of your laptop.

Figure 355: Firmware Installation Complete Box

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 325
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Configure and Verify the Anti-Virus Setting

1. If needed, log On as philips_service.
2. Click Start > All Programs > McAfee > VirusScan Console.
The VirusScan Console window opens (Figure 356).

Figure 356:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 326
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

3. Click Tools > Unlock User Interface (Figure 357).

Figure 357:
The Login dialog box opens (Figure 358).

Figure 358:
4. Enter the password used to log on as philips_service, and click OK.
5. Change the CPU Priority to Low as follows:
a. In the VirusScan Console window, right-click on Full Scan task (Figure 357) and select Properties.
The On-Demand Scan Properties window opens.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 327
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

b. Click on the Performance tab on the top (Figure 359).

Figure 359:
c. Under the System Utilization section, drag the slider to the left-most value (Low).
d. Click OK.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 328
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

6. Click Tools > Lock User Interface to lock the McAfee user interface (Figure 360).

Figure 360:
7. If the system is connected to the RSN, verify that AVS Auto-update feature is working on the Host Computer. Refer
to the procedure Verify that AVS is working on the Host Computer in the Philips Anti-Virus Service document.
8. If the AVS Auto-update feature or the RSN is not working, manually update the Anti-Virus *.dat file as a temporary
solution and then troubleshoot the failure. Refer to the procedure Manually update McAfee virus definition files
(DAT files) in the Philips Anti-Virus Service document.
9. Verify with the CT Technician the Host power is On at the scheduled time for the Auto-update and Anti-Virus scan.
• By default the Auto-update is scheduled for 2AM and the Anti-virus scan at 3AM.
• If the time for Auto-Update needs to be rescheduled, make sure to schedule the Anti-Virus scan at least 15
minutes after Auto-Update.
• Refer to the procedure Change the Scheduled Full Scan Time and Change the Scheduled Autoupdate Time
in the Philips Anti-Virus Service document.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 329
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Final Tests

1. Log Out the Workflow and restart the host

(Figure 361):
a. Click the Start button.
b. Click on the Shut down list.
c. Select Restart.

Figure 361:

2. Log On as CT.
3. Make sure that all nominal USB devices are connected (Barcode Reader).
4. Perform a surview, helical, axial, Cardiac scans, and an offline recon.
5. Check that all the devices that were set for query and retrieve are listed in the list of devices in Patient Directory.
6. Click the "Copy To" icon and make sure all the devices set for "Copy Only" in Lanconfig are listed
7. Send images and Exam / Dose summary pages to all applicable remote devices and verify that they have arrived
(emphasis on PACS, and on transfer rate).
8. Check the functionality of HIS / RIS. Try to load a patient's details.

Customer Information
1. If the upgrade kit contains a "Customer Letter" present this letter to the individual in charge of the department or
leave the letter on the operator console.
2. This upgrade requires applications training. Inform the customer that the system should not be used until the
application training specialist is on site.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 330
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

O-MAR Image Labeling

Special DICOM Image labeling exists for the O-MAR application to assist the user / radiologist in identifying images that
have the O-MAR correction applied. These DICOM tags and the text applied are indicated below.

Table 20: O-MAR Correction - DICOM tags

Tag Name Tag ID Text Behavior

0008,103E
Series Description O-MAR Prefix is added after user makes any other edits.
(Public)

0020,4000 O-MAR. Compare with non-O-MAR

Image Comments Fixed content, not user-editable on scanner.
(Public) images

00E1,0040 Prefix is added after user makes any other edits. Cut to 16
Image Label O-Mar
(Private) characters.

If this option is enabled on the system, these image label tags must be made visible, displayed, on downstream
workstations where ever possible.
NOTE Under Planning with in the Recon tab, there will be an O-MAR selection if the feature is enabled.
Work with the appropriate Philips FSE (for Philips workstations) or your customer to ensure that the above tags are
made visible, displayed, on the workstations. For none Philips workstations inform the customer of the need to make
these tags visible where ever possible.
NOTE Private tags may not be selectable for display on some workstations.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 331
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Rev B

Disposal of Removed Parts

During upgrade, the Host Computer and / or CIRS Server are replaced.
Prior to the scrapping equipment, any media (HDD, CD-R, DVD, MOD, floppy, DV Tape, etc.) which may contain any
confidential data, including electronic Protected Health Information (ePHI), must be returned to the Institution. This
would include the Hard Disk Drives (HDD) from the Host Computer and the CIRS Server backups of these components.
The remainder of these computers and associated hardware are to be scrapped according to your local Philips and / or
local government policies.

Host Computer and CIRS Server HDD Removal and Disposition

1. If a Host Computer is removed, the HDDs must be removed and returned to the Institution.
a. lace the Host Computer on a suitable work surface.
Refer to the appropriate Workspace Repair & Replacement Manual of the system being upgraded (available on
InCenter).
b. Clean the drives if needed.
2. If a CIRS Server is removed, only the system Hard Disk Drive to the Institution.
a. Place the CIRS Server on a suitable work surface.
Refer to the appropriate CIRS Server Repair & Replacement Manual (available on InCenter).
b. Clean the drive if needed.
3. Print a copy of the Authorization of Media Disposition form (Authorization of Media Disposition Form on page 334),
HDD or other media.
4. Complete the top portion of the Authorization of Media Disposition form (including HDD serial numbers, the system
Philips Equipment-ID, Philips serial number or other identifiers). Be sure to check Box 1.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 332
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Rev B

5. Present all the Hard Drives and forms to the Institution's Representative.
6. Obtain the Institution Representative's signatures on the Authorization of Media Disposition form. Offer copies of
the forms if they desire.
NOTE In the event that the Institution's Representative refuses to sign the Authorization of Media Disposition forms,
leave the Hard Drives and copies of the forms at the customer site in as secure a location as possible. Before you
create copies of the form, be sure complete and sign the last section of the form documenting the location were
the drives were left.
7. Save the original signed Media Disposition form(s) with the related Commercial Order / Installation Work Order
documentation or the site history file at the appropriate regional service office. Mail the form(s) to your appropriate
office.

***THIS CONCLUDES THE UPGRADE.***

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 333
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
 334

PHILIPS
Healthcare
Authorization of Media Disposition for upgrades
Revision: 1
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.

UNCLASSIFIED page 1 of 1
This section to be completed by a Philips Healthcare representative:
Name of Philips Healthcare representative:
CSIP Level 1

Name and location of data owner (Institution):

Media description:
Describe the media thoroughly including where it came from (what medical system/product), format (HDD, CD-R, DVD, MOD, floppy, DV Tape, etc.),
Skip back to Host Computer and CIRS Server HDD Removal and Disposition on page 332.

physical description (color, manufacturer, etc.) and especially any unique printed identifiers on labels, (title, serial numbers, dates, etc.). NOTE: Do NOT
record here any personal data (patient or hospital names, locations, birthdates, patient ID #s, etc.)
This section to be completed and signed by an Authorized Representative of Institution. Check only one box:
I, the undersigned Representative of Institution hereby
(BOX 1) acknowledge that the above described Media was received by me on this date from the above Philips Healthcare
representative. I have accepted possession of this Media on behalf of Institution for proper disposition in accordance with the policies
of Institution. I understand that the reason I have been asked to take custody of this Media on behalf of Institution is that
such Media may contain confidential or other proprietary information of Institution, its employees or its patients.
(BOX 2) verify that the above described Media does not contain any individually identifiable information, including Protected Health
Information, of the Institution or its employees or patients, The Media has either never contained such information or has been

© 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved

adequately erased / sanitized in a non-destructive process according to the Institution’s internal policies. I understand Philips may
elect to remove this Media from the Institution and reuse it in another system at another Institution or sell it or otherwise dispose of it.
The Institution does not require any additional measures be taken to prevent unauthorized disclosure of information contained on the
Media.

Signature of Institution’s Representative Date

Print Name of Institution’s Representative Telephone # and/or e-mail address of Inst.’s Rep.

Title of Institution’s Representative
Authorization of Media Disposition Form

This section to be completed by a Philips Healthcare representative, if necessary:

Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Rev B

Customer refused to sign the form, I left the storage media at customer site at:___________________________________(location)
Signature of Philips Healthcare representative: ______________________________________________ Date: __________________
Rev. 2011 July 11 Copies are uncontrolled

459800486591
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Appendix A: Boot Flash, Application and JTAG Files

Gantry Boot Flash and Applications Software Versions

Subsystem Board Parameter Version

Application Flash N/A

RHOST Rhost CPM
Boot Flash N/A

Application Flash 5.3.23.16083

DMS DMC CPM
Boot Flash 5.3.23.1626

Application Flash 5.3.23.1626

GMP CPM
Boot Flash 5.3.23.1626
GANTRY
Application Flash 5.3.23.1626
Ghost CPM
Boot Flash 5.3.23.1626

Application Flash 5.3.23.1626

COUCH Couch CPM
Boot Flash 5.3.23.1626

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 335
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Firmware for Ingenuity Series

12NC Number/ Programming

Board/ Module Date
Legacy Document # Version
Subsystem (Subfolder) (mm/dd/yyyy)
(Subfolder) (Subfolder)
453567139465_a.adf 03/25/2011
453567139465_a.apl 12/16/2010
ACS 453567139465 453567139473 N/A 453567139465_a.prg 12/16/2010
453567139465_a.qrx 12/16/2010
453567139465_a.rm1 12/16/2010
FW Install Instructions.txt 09/02/2010
CanCard N/A N/A N/A
updc331b.exe 09/02/2010
4535_673_15951_U38_rev_a.jed 03/01/2005
JED 4535_673_15951_U50_rev_a.jed 04/08/2005
4535_673_15951_U51_rev_a.jed 03/01/2005
453567315951_PROG_ALL_REV_A.xsvf 04/27/2007
453567315951_PROG_U38_REV_A.xsvf 04/27/2007
453567315951_PROG_U50_REV_A.xsvf 04/27/2007
453567315951_PROG_U51_REV_A.xsvf 04/27/2007
CCB 453567053781 453567315951
XSVF 453567315951_VER_ALL_REV_A.xsvf 04/27/2007
453567315951_VER_U38_REV_A.xsvf 04/27/2007
453567315951_VER_U50_REV_A.xsvf 04/27/2007
453567315951_VER_U51_REV_A.xsvf 04/27/2007
COUCH_453567053781_REV_A_ID.xsvf 04/27/2007
COUCH_ALL.txt N/A
XSVF\WRAP
COUCH_Individual.txt N/A
453567084502_DEV1_REV_A.mcs 06/30/2009
MCS 453567084502_DEV2_4.bsd 09/11/2003
453567084502_DEV3_REV_A.mcs 04/22/2005
CGMP_453567084452_ID.xsvf 04/24/2007
CGMP_453567084502_PROG_ALL_REV_A.xsvf 07/30/2009
CGMP_453567084502_PROG_U16_REV_A.xsvf 07/30/2009
CGMP 453567084502 453567084552
XSVF CGMP_453567084502_PROG_U67_REV_A.xsvf 04/24/2007
CGMP_453567084502_VER_ALL_REV_A.xsvf 07/30/2009
CGMP_453567084502_VER_U16_REV_A.xsvf 07/30/2009
CGMP_453567084502_VER_U67_REV_A.xsvf 04/24/2007
GMP_ALL.txt N/A
XSVF\WRAP
GMP_Individual.txt N/A

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 336
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

CDMP CDMP_FPGA.mcs 06/15/2010

Detector ModuleT\MCS Tom_top_V021.mcs 03/23/2009
Check_Modules_JTAG_Chain_(RCOM, DPU1, DPU4
03/23/2009
Detector ModuleT\XSVF Installed).xsvf
Orion-T_all_modules_v21.xsvf 03/23/2009
B0020D0012V0038.mcs 03/23/2009
DMC16\MSC
DMC_PRP_3_SC_20_1us.mcs 05/31/2010
DMC16\XSVF DMC_U20V020_U12V038.xsvf 05/31/2010
Center_OT_V511_0.mcs 14/01/2013
Center_OT_V511_1.mcs 14/01/2013
cyp401.bsd 03/23/2009
DPU_2a_0_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_2a_1_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DMS DPU_2b_0_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_2b_1_T.mcs 03/23/2009
RCOM64T\MCS DPU_3a_0_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_3a_1_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_3b_0_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_3b_1_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_Ext1A_0_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_Ext1A_1_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_Ext2B_0_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_Ext2B_1_T.mcs 03/23/2009
RCOM64T\XSVF DPU_Plus_Center-T.xsvf 06/09/2010
RCOM64T\XSVF\Individual Components Orion_Tile_Center_D511.xsvf 14/01/2013
dms246_64t_dummy 03/10/2011
453567135171_rev_f_cpld.jed 06/25/2010
JED TRANS_1_REV_B.mcs 06/25/2010
XC2S150_FG256.bsd 11/29/2004
GHOST_ID.xsvf 06/25/2010
GHOST_PROG_ALL_REV_F.xsvf 06/25/2010
GHOST_PROG_DEV1_REV_F.xsvf 06/25/2010
GHost 453567110322 453567135171
XSVF GHOST_PROG_DEV2_REV_F.xsvf 06/25/2010
GHOST_VER_ALL_REV_F.xsvf 06/25/2010
GHOST_VER_DEV1_REV_F.xsvf 06/25/2010
GHOST_VER_DEV2_REV_F.xsvf 06/25/2010
GHost_ALL.txt N/A
XSVF\WRAP
GHost_Individual.txt N/A

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 337
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

72050021.jed 09/02/2010
N/A N/A N/A
IBox IBOX_ver_1_6_110207.mcs 09/02/2010
459800166651 DMR150733 N/A 459800166651_08102012_Rev_B.mcs 08/13/2012
R2D 453567483621 453567483781 N/A 453567483621_U4_REV_A.jed 04/22/2005
cpm_01_27_05-rev_f.mcs 01/28/2005
dspcpld_rst_update.jed 09/18/2003
MCS
rhostdsp.obj 09/18/2003
stprom.bsd 02/09/2004
453567017741_prgm_all_rev_f.xsvf 05/24/2007
453567017741_prgm_u05_rev_f.xsvf 05/24/2007
RHost 453567017751 453567034261 453567017741_prgm_u48_rev_f.xsvf 05/24/2007
XSVF 453567017741_rhost_id.xsvf 05/24/2007
453567017741_vrfy_all_rev_f.xsvf 05/24/2007
453567017741_vrfy_u05_rev_f.xsvf 05/24/2007
453567017741_vrfy_u48_rev_f.xsvf 05/24/2007
RHost_ALL.txt N/A
XSVF\WRAP
RHost_Individual.txt N/A
Spellman80k
453567560001 N/A N/A P0063001.mcs 09/02/2010
W

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 338
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Firmware for Brilliance 64

Date
Module
Board/ Subsystem Version (mm/dd/
(Subdirectory)
yyyy)
453567139465_a.adf 03/25/2011
453567139465_a.apl 12/16/2010
ACS 453567139465\453567139473 453567139465_a.prg 12/16/2010
453567139465_a.qrx 12/16/2010
453567139465_a.rm1 12/16/2010
FW Install Instructions.txt 09/02/2010
CanCard
updc331b.exe 09/02/2010
4535_670_24111_U38_Rev_a.jed 03/01/2005
453566457351\453567024111 4535_670_24111_U50_rev_d.jed 03/01/2005
4535_670_24111_U51_rev_f.jed 03/01/2005
4535_673_15951_U38_rev_a.jed 03/01/2005
453567053781\453567315951\JED 4535_673_15951_U50_rev_a.jed 04/08/2005
4535_673_15951_U51_rev_a.jed 03/01/2005
453567315951_PROG_ALL_REV_A.xsvf 04/27/2007
453567315951_PROG_U38_REV_A.xsvf 04/27/2007
CCB 453567315951_PROG_U50_REV_A.xsvf 04/27/2007
453567315951_PROG_U51_REV_A.xsvf 04/27/2007
453567053781\453567315951\XSVF 453567315951_VER_ALL_REV_A.xsvf 04/27/2007
453567315951_VER_U38_REV_A.xsvf 04/27/2007
453567315951_VER_U50_REV_A.xsvf 04/27/2007
453567315951_VER_U51_REV_A.xsvf 04/27/2007
COUCH_453567053781_REV_A_ID.xsvf 04/27/2007
COUCH_ALL 07/08/2012
453567053781\453567315951\XSVF\WRAP
COUCH_Individual 07/08/2012

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 339
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

453567084502_DEV1_REV_A.mcs 06/30/2009
453567084502\453567084552\MCS 453567084502_DEV2_4.bsd 09/11/2003
453567084502_DEV3_REV_A.mcs 04/22/2005
CGMP_453567084452_ID.xsvf 04/24/2007
CGMP_453567084502_PROG_ALL_REV_A.xsvf 07/30/2009
CGMP_453567084502_PROG_U16_REV_A.xsvf 07/30/2009
CGMP
453567084502\453567084552\XSVF CGMP_453567084502_PROG_U67_REV_A.xsvf 04/24/2007
CGMP_453567084502_VER_ALL_REV_A.xsvf 07/30/2009
CGMP_453567084502_VER_U16_REV_A.xsvf 07/30/2009
CGMP_453567084502_VER_U67_REV_A.xsvf 04/24/2007
GMP_ALL.txt 07/08/2012
453567084502\453567084552\XSVF\WRAP
GMP_Individual.txt 07/08/2012
CDMP CDMP_FPGA.mcs 06/15/2010
Detector ModuleT\MCS Tom_top_V021.mcs 03/23/2009
Check_Modules_JTAG_Chain_(RCOM, DPU1, DPU4
03/23/2009
Detector ModuleT\XSVF Installed).xsvf
Orion-T_all_modules_v21.xsvf 03/23/2009
B0020D0012V0038.mcs 03/23/2009
DMC16\MCS
DMC_PRP_3_SC_20_1us.mcs 05/31/2010
DMC16\XSVF DMC_U20V020_U12V038.xsvf 05/31/2010
Center_OT_V511_0.mcs 14/01/2013
Center_OT_V511_1.mcs 14/01/2013
cyp401.bsd 03/23/2009
DPU_2a_0_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_2a_1_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DMS DPU_2b_0_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_2b_1_T.mcs 03/23/2009
RCOM64T\MCS DPU_3a_0_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_3a_1_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_3b_0_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_3b_1_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_Ext1A_0_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_Ext1A_1_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_Ext2B_0_T.mcs 03/23/2009
DPU_Ext2B_1_T.mcs 03/23/2009
RCOM64T\XSVF DPU_Plus_Center-T.xsvf 06/09/2010
RCOM64T\XSVF\Individual Components Orion_Tile_Center_D511.xsvf 14/01/2013
dms246_64t_dummy 03/10/2011

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 340
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

453567135171_rev_f_cpld.jed 06/25/2010
453567110322\453567135171\JED TRANS_1_REV_B.mcs 06/25/2010
XC2S150_FG256.bsd 11/29/2004
GHOST_ID.xsvf 06/25/2010
GHOST_PROG_ALL_REV_F.xsvf 06/25/2010
GHOST_PROG_DEV1_REV_F.xsvf 06/25/2010
GHost
453567110322\453567135171\XSVF GHOST_PROG_DEV2_REV_F.xsvf 06/25/2010
GHOST_VER_ALL_REV_F.xsvf 06/25/2010
GHOST_VER_DEV1_REV_F.xsvf 06/25/2010
GHOST_VER_DEV2_REV_F.xsvf 06/25/2010
GHost_ALL.txt 07/08/2012
453567110322\453567135171\XSVF\WRAP
GHost_Individual.txt 07/08/2012
453567010351a_RevE_dev1.mcs 04/22/2005
453567010351\453567011221\MCS 453567010351b_RevE_dev3.mcs 04/22/2005
453567010351dev2_4.bsd 09/11/2003
GMP_453567010351_ID.xsvf 04/24/2007
GMP_453567011221_PROG_ALL_REV_E.xsvf 04/24/2007
GMP_453567011221_PROG_U16_REV_E.xsvf 04/24/2007
GMP
453567010351\453567011221\XSVF GMP_453567011221_PROG_U67_REV_E.xsvf 04/24/2007
GMP_453567011221_VER_ALL_REV_E.xsvf 04/24/2007
GMP_453567011221_VER_U16_REV_E.xsvf 04/24/2007
GMP_453567011221_VER_U67_REV_E.xsvf 04/24/2007
GMP_ALL.txt 07/08/2012
453567010351\453567011221\XSVF\WRAP
GMP_Individual.txt 07/08/2012
72050021.jed 09/02/2010
IBOX
IBOX_ver_1_6_110207.mcs 09/02/2010
362496_U5_REV_D.mcs 09/11/2003
MDP 453566460131\314520
362496_U16_REV_D.bsd 09/11/2003
362296\314519 362296_U9_REV_C.jed 02/11/2003
R2D
453567483621\453567483781 453567483621_U4_REV_A.jed 04/22/2005

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 341
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

cpm_01_27_05-rev_f.mcs 01/28/2005
dspcpld_rst_update.jed 09/18/2003
453567017751\453567034261\MCS
rhostdsp.obj 09/18/2003
stprom.bsd 02/09/2004
453567017741_prgm_all_rev_f.xsvf 05/24/2007
453567017741_prgm_u05_rev_f.xsvf 05/24/2007
RHost 453567017741_prgm_u48_rev_f.xsvf 05/24/2007
453567017751\453567034261\XSVF 453567017741_rhost_id.xsvf 05/24/2007
453567017741_vrfy_all_rev_f.xsvf 05/24/2007
453567017741_vrfy_u05_rev_f.xsvf 05/24/2007
453567017741_vrfy_u48_rev_f.xsvf 05/24/2007
RHost_ALL.txt 07/08/2012
453567017751\453567034261\XSVF\WRAP
RHost_Individual.txt 07/08/2012
Spellman60kW 453567028521 407104c3.mcs 09/02/2010
362497_REV_D.bsd 09/11/2003
453566502391\453567178221\REV_D_no_kit
362497_REV_D.mcs 08/18/2004
TDP
362497_REV_F_dev1.mcs 03/11/2005
453566502391\453567178221\REV_F_with_kit
362497_REV_F_dev2.bsd 09/11/2003

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 342
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Appendix B: I-Box Driver Installation

!
CAUTION The Gantry needs to be switched ON for the entire duration of this procedure.

1. If needed, log On as philips_service.

2. If disconnected, connect the I-Box USB cable to
the Host computer.
3. On the desktop, right-click on Computer and
select Properties.
The System window opens (Figure 362).
4. Click Device Manager.
The Device Manager window opens (Figure 363
on page 344 or Figure 366 on page 345).

Figure 362: System window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 343
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. Expand the Other devices node or the

Universal Serial Bus controller node
(Figure 363).
6. Right-click on the I-Box Ver 2.x.x, and select
Uninstall.

Figure 363:
7. Check the Delete the driver software for this
device check box and click OK (Figure 364).
8. Press the Windows + E keys.
9. Navigate to
C:\Drivers\IBOX\DRIVERCERTIFICATE.
10. Double-click on the TESTMACHINE64.exe file.
11. Close all open windows.

Figure 364:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 344
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

1. Restart the host as follows (Figure 365):

a. Click the Start button.
b. Click on the Shut down list.
c. Select Restart.
NOTE Click Confirm if prompted.

Figure 365:
2. Log On as philips_service.
3. On the desktop, right-click on Computer and
select Properties.
The System window opens (Figure 362 on
page 343).
4. Click Device Manager.
The Device Manager window opens
(Figure 366).
5. Locate the I-Box Ver 2.51 device under the
Other devices category.
6. Right-click on the device and select Update
Driver Software.
The driver update wizard appears (Figure 367
on page 346).

Figure 366: Device Manager window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 345
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

7. Click Browse my computer for driver

software.

Figure 367:
8. Click Browse.
9. Navigate to and select the
C:\Drivers\IBox\IBOXDRIVER_4.1.3.23 folder.
10. Click OK.
11. Click Next.
The Windows Security dialog box opens
(Figure 369 on page 347).

Figure 368:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 346
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

12. Click Install this driver software anyway

(Figure 369).

Figure 369: Windows Security dialog box

13. When the message “Windows has
successfully updated your driver software”
appears, click Close (Figure 370).

Figure 370:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 347
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

14. In Device Manager, right-click on Philips

Medical I-Box Device under the Universal
Serial Bus controller category (Figure 371) and
select Properties.

Figure 371: Universal Serial Bus Controller list

15. Select Driver tab (Figure 372).
16. Make sure that the correct driver version is
indicated under "Driver version: 4.1.3.23".
17. Close all windows.
18. Continue with Restore LAN Proxy IP Address
and Link Speed Settings on page 216.

Figure 372:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 348
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Appendix C: Verify the System is in the PRS Installed Base Data

In order to connect the system to the RSN, the system must be listed in the PRS Installed Base Data.
1. Gather the following information about the system and record it in Table 21 .
Table 21: System Information

Key Information Value

Equipment number
(site ID)

Modality CT

Serial numbera

728326 - Ingenuity CT
Material number 728323 - Ingenuity Core 128
728321 - Ingenuity Core

Customer Name

Customer City

Customer Country
a. Serial number: The serial number of the device.

2. Log in to the RSN data administration web site (https://pww.rsn.global.ms.philips.com/RsnDataAdmin).

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 349
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

3. Click M2M (A) then select M2M

registration tools (B).

B
Figure 373: RSN Data Administration Web Site
4. Select Search by serial number/
material number (C) and enter the
serial number and material number
from Table 21 on page 349.
C
5. Click Test M2M registration (D).

Figure 374: RSN Data Administration Web Site

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 350
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

6. Check the results to verify that the results match the details you filled in Table 21 on page 349.

Figure 375: Example of a Successful Result

7. If one or more of the results does not match, take a screen shot and provide the GCS helpdesk
([email protected]) with both the screenshot and a copy of Table 21 on page 349. Call the GCS Helpdesk
and have them correct the installed base data for the system.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 351
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Appendix D: Install the SyncRight Option

Table 22: SyncRight Option Installation Kit

12NC Description Comments

455012303701 CABLE, LAN CAT5e 40cm For Ethernet Switch to Host LAN1 connection

For the Ethernet Switch-Certegra box LAN

455012305401 LAN CABLE CAT 5 5M
connection

459800285351 Main Power Cable 1M. For the Ethernet Switch

459800286231 Ethernet Switch

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 352
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Mount the 8-Port Network Switch

1. Log Off and power down the host:
NOTE Click Confirm if prompted.
2. Power down the CIRS using the CIRS power switch.
3. Power down the CRC rack using the CRC rack power switch.
4. Position the switch on the shelf, aligning the left edge with the 3rd slot in the shelf (Figure 376).
5. If the network switch has a power switch then turn it on.
NOTE If the CCT option is to be installed, then the dummy panel can be removed and the shelf needs to be lowered.
6. Disconnect the Host to CIRS LAN cable from LAN1 on the Host I/O Panel. It will be used in the next step.

Figure 376: Network Switch

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 353
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

7. Refer to Figure 377:

NOTE The network switch shown may differ from the network switch you install. However, the connections
remain the same.
NOTE Do not use the blue LAN cable labeled "Injector". This cable is for use only by Medrad.
a. Connect the free end of the LAN cable that was disconnected in Step 6 on page 353 to the switch.
b. Connect one LAN cable CAT5e 40cm (P/N 455012303701) between the switch and the Host LAN1 connector
on the I/O Panel.
c. Connect the LAN CABLE CAT 5 5M (P/N 455012305401) between the switch and the LAN 4 connector on the
Certegra box.

Injector
(Certegra box LAN 4)

RJ-45
Network hub

RJ- 45 RJ- 45

LAN 1 on the LAN12 on the

CIRS I/O Panel Host I /O Panel

CRC Rack
Figure 377:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 354
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

8. Connect the network switch power cord

to the middle power strip outlet
(Figure 378).
NOTE For the network switch power
outlet there are more outlets
behind the host or the CIRS.
9. Bundle excess power cord with a tie
wrap. Figure 378:
10. Power ON the Host computer and the
CIRS server.
11. When done make sure that the system
functions correctly with the installed
software version.
12. Perform functional scans (including axial,
cardiac, and Helical scans), and make
sure you can connect to any one remote
device.
13. Return to General Requirements on
page 20.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 355
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Troubleshoot the SyncRight Option

1. Make sure the Workflow application is not running.
2. On the host computer, double-click on the Service Tools icon.
3. Click the Diagnostics tab (Figure 379).

Figure 379: Smart Injector status page

4. Click External Devices > SyncRight Tool.
5. Figure 380 on page 357 and shows the required status indicators in the Services and Network areas (for
description, refer to Services Issues on page 360).
NOTE Figure 381 on page 358 shows a newer version of the status indicators in the Services and Network areas.
6. Figure 382 on page 359 shows a sample of the License window with the specified granted licenses.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 356
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

IMPORTANT ! The default address for the SyncRight option is 192.168.0.120. In some sites (where the
hospital LAN address is 192.168.0.x), the IP address 10.168.0.120 is used. No other IP
address should be used for the SyncRight option.

Status indicators

LAN2 and LAN4 should have a

green status indicator
(if the Certegra box is connected to the hospital
network, then LAN1 will be green as well)

Figure 380: Certegra Information (previous version)

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 357
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Status indicators
(example only)

LAN2 and LAN4 should have a

green status indicator
(if the Certegra box is connected to the hospital
network, then LAN1 will be green as well)

Figure 381: Certegra Information (v3.3 and higher)

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 358
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

NOTE To view the license, click the License tab (Figure 381 on page 358).

Figure 382: License Tab with Granted Licenses (example)

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 359
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Services Issues
IMPORTANT ! All Services must run. If one of them is not running, check the Certegra box.
Reboot the certegra box. If it does not resolve the issue, contact Medrad Customer Support.

Network Adapters

LAN 1
This will show up only if the Certegra box is connected to the Hospital network.

LAN 2 - Injector
This shows the LAN connection between the Certegra box and the injector controller.
If the symbol is red, check the LAN connection between the Certegra and the injector controller.

LAN 3
This is used by Medrad Service.

LAN 4
This shows the connection between the Certegra box and the Host computer.
If the symbol is red then there is no LAN connection between the Certegra and the Host computer.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 360
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Communication Between the Injector and the Certegra Box

Check that the “C” indicator on the SyncRight control panel is colored yellow. This is an indication that the injector is
communicating with the Certegra box. If this is incorrect, it should be addressed by Medrad.

Figure 383: “C” Indicator on the SyncRight Control Panel

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 361
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Appendix E: NGBP Board Removal and Replacement

NGBP 5 ASIC kit Contents

Table 23: NGBP 5 ASIC Kit

Item # Part Number Name Comments

1. 453567383951 CIRS-NAQUADA BP,5 ASIC,1GB/ASIC N5BP1G

2. 459800336651 Label, NGBP 5 ASIC Upgrade

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 362
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Shutting Down the CIRS Server and the Host

1. Use the power switch and shutdown the G4 CIRS Server.
2. Shutdown the Host: in the Log in to Windows dialog box select Shutdown and click OK.

WARNING Hazardous voltages remain

present in the console when the
console power switch is off.
Power to the console may also be
maintained by an uninterruptible
power supply. Stay clear of all
powered items during servicing.
Failure to comply may result in
personnel injury or death.
3. Turn off power to the Combined Rack Console using the
power switch on the rear of the console shown in Figure 384.
NOTE For more information on the Combined Rack
Console, see the applicable Workspace Service
Manual.

ON/OFF SWITCH

Figure 384: Console Power Switch

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 363
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Pulling Out the G4 Server

NOTE It should not be necessary to remove the server from
the cabinet to replace the NGBP. The illustrations in
this section are shown with the server removed for
clarity. If desired, the server can remain in the
cabinet.
1. Open both sections of the front door of the console.
2. Pull the latch pin and move the tray latch to the left (see
Figure 385) so the G4 server tray can be pulled out.

PULL LATCH PIN

AND TURN LATCH
AS SHOWN

Figure 385: Trays Latch

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 364
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

!
CAUTION When pulling out the server in the following step, be careful not to break any cable especially the
fiber optics.
3. Pull out the server tray (see Figure 386).

Figure 386: G4 Server Pulled Out

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 365
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

4. Disconnect the cables from the acquisitor (see Figure 387).

NOTE Before disconnecting the fiber-optic cables, carefully note which of the four rear connectors on the 5.3 GB
acquisitor board they connect to (DS1, DS2, DS3 and DS4) and to which side of the connector they connect to
(RX side) so that you can reconnect them the same way to the new acquisitor (note that they are not in order).

DS2 RX DS1 RX DS4 RX DS3 RX ACQUISITOR CABLE

RJ45 CONNECTOR

Figure 387: Acquisitor Cables

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 366
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. Record the connections of the remaining server cables so they can be reconnected to the same locations and
disconnect them (see Figure 388).
6. Unhook the retaining strap and carefully lift the server out of the tray and place it on a suitable work surface.

Figure 388: G4 Server Connections

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 367
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

7. Loosen the four screws holding the chassis side cover, then remove the chassis side cover. The server will need to
be tilted some as shown in Figure 389 order to remove the right rear lower cover screw.
NOTE Another option would be that, while being careful not to damage any wires or cables, to lift the server out of the
tray and lay it down on the server tray for servicing.

COVER SCREWS

COVER SCREWS

Figure 389: Removing Vertical Server Right Side Cover

8. Remove the NGBP and according to the procedure Removing the NGBP on page 369.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 368
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Removing the NGBP

Computer Safety
Use the following safety guidelines to help protect your computer system from potential damage and to ensure your
own personal safety.
NOTE Refer to the Safety Guidelines manual for information regarding electrostatic protection.

WARNING Before disconnecting a device from the computer, wait 10 to 20 seconds after
disconnecting the computer from its electrical outlet. Before removing a component
from the system board, verify that the standby power light on the system board has
turned off.
To locate this light, see the interior service label.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 369
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

ESD—Anti-Static Field Service Kit

The field service kit is designed to connect a field service engineer and the static-dissipative work mat to the same
ground point. The wrist strap and the dissipative mat drains any static charges from the body and from any conductive
objects placed on the mat, and prevents the generation of any new static charges.

When Working Inside Your Computer

Before you open the computer cover, perform the following steps in the sequence indicated.
NOTE Do not attempt to service the computer yourself, except as explained in this manual. Always follow installation
and service instructions closely.
1. Turn OFF the computer and any peripherals.
2. Disconnect your computer and devices from their power sources. Also, disconnect any network lines from the
computer. Doing so reduces the potential for personal injury or shock.
3. Wear an ESD wrist band, and clip it to an unpainted metal surface, such as the padlock loop on the back of the
chassis.If an ESD wrist band is not available, ground yourself by touching an unpainted metal surface on the
chassis, such as the power supply, to discharge any static charge from your body before touching anything inside
your computer. Also avoid touching components or contacts on a card and avoid touching pins on a chip.
4. Before disconnecting a peripheral device from the computer, wait 10 to 20 seconds after disconnecting the
computer from its electrical outlet and verify that the standby power light on the system board has turned off.
In addition, take note of these safety guidelines when appropriate:
• When you disconnect a cable, pull on its connector or on its strain- relief loop, not on the cable itself. Some cables
have a connector with locking tabs; if you are disconnecting this type of cable, press in on the locking tabs before
disconnecting the cable. As you pull connectors apart, keep them evenly aligned to avoid bending any connector
pins. Also, before you connect a cable, make sure both connectors are correctly oriented and aligned.
• Handle components and cards with care. Do not touch the components or contacts on a card. Hold a card by its
edges or by its metal mounting bracket. Hold a component such as a CPU chip by its edges, not by its pins.

Protecting Against Electrostatic Discharge

Static electricity can harm delicate components inside your computer. To prevent static damage, discharge static
electricity from your body before you touch any of your computer's electronic components, such as the CPU. You can
do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.
As you continue to work inside the computer, periodically touch an unpainted metal surface to remove any static charge
your body may have accumulated.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 370
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

You can also take the following steps to prevent damage from electrostatic discharge (ESD):
• When unpacking a static-sensitive component from its shipping carton, do not remove the component from the
antistatic packing material until you are ready to install the component in your computer. Just before unwrapping the
antistatic packaging, be sure to discharge static electricity from your body and always be grounded.
• When transporting a sensitive component, first place it in an antistatic container or packaging.
• Handle all sensitive components in a static-safe area. If possible, use antistatic floor pads and workbench pads.

Remove the NGBP Board

NOTE The 2 ASIC NGBP can be replaced with the 5 ASIC non-self-cooled NGBP or the self-cooled NGBP.
1. If not already done, shut down the Host and CIRS according to the procedure Shutting Down the CIRS Server and
the Host on page 363.
2. If not already done, pull the server out according to the procedure Pulling Out the G4 Server on page 364.
3. At the front remove the 2 fan tray bracket mounting screws indicated in Figure 390 on page 372. This will leave the
bracket attached to the fan tray.
4. At the rear remove the 2 fan tray mounting screws indicated in Figure 390 on page 372. These screws are
accessed from the rear of the server.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 371
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

FAN TRAY FRONT BRACKET SCREWS FAN TRAY BRACKET REAR SCREWS
(ACCESS FROM REAR OF SERVER)

Figure 390: Removing the Fan Tray

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 372
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. Remove the fan tray but leave it connected and set it on the chassis out of the way.
6. Use an ESD strap to prevent static damage (ESD) according to the Safety Instructions manual. Make sure the wrist
strap is properly attached to ground.
7. Remove the NGBP mounting screw shown in Figure 391, remove the board and lay it on top of the chassis (see
Figure 392 on page 374).

NGBP BOARD NGBP

IN SLOT 2 RETAINING SCREW

SLOT 6
(BOTTOM SLOT)

Figure 391: NGBP Board (self-cooled NGBP is similar)

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 373
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

8. Disconnect the cables from the back projector board (see Figure 392):

DISCONNECT CONNECTORS

Figure 392: NGBP Connectors and Extender

NOTE It is not required to ship back the removed board.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 374
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Installing the New NGBP

1. Remove the new NGBP board from the shipping box. Keep the original packaging material for shipment of the old
board.
2. If the new board does not have an extender installed install it as follows:
a. Remove the 2 screws attaching the board extender to the old board (Figure 393 or Figure 394 on page 376) and
remove the extender.
b. Install the board extender onto the new board (Figure 393 or Figure 394 on page 376).
3. Connect the cables to the NGBP board:

• On servers with non-self-cooled NGBP boards, connect the 2 cables to the NGBP (Figure 393 on page 375).

• On servers with self-cooled NGBP boards, connect the power connector to the board (Figure 394 on
page 376).

CONNECT CONNECTORS

NGBP EXTENDER
RETAINING SCREWS
(FROM OTHER SIDE OF BOARD)

Figure 393: NGBP Connectors and Extender (non self-cooled)

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 375
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

CONNECT CONNECTOR NGBP EXTENDER

RETAINING SCREWS
(FROM OTHER SIDE OF BOARD)

Figure 394: Self-Cooled NGBP Connector and Extender

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 376
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

4. Install the NGBP board into slot 2 and install the mounting screw (see Figure 395). Refer to Figure 396 on
page 378 for slot numbering on the motherboard.

NGBP BOARD NGBP

IN SLOT 2 RETAINING SCREW

SLOT 6
(BOTTOM SLOT)

Figure 395: Installing the NGBP

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 377
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

SLOT 1

SLOT 2

SLOT 3

SLOT 4

SLOT 5

SLOT 6
(BOTTOM SLOT)

Figure 396: Board Slot Numbering on Motherboard

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 378
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. Position the fan tray into the chassis and install the 2 front mounting bracket screws indicated in Figure 397.
6. At the rear install the 2 fan tray mounting screws indicated in Figure 397 through the rear of the server.
7. Reinstall the chassis side cover.
8. Attach the NGBP 5 ASIC label on the chassis side cover.

FAN TRAY FRONT BRACKET SCREWS FAN TRAY BRACKET REAR SCREWS
(ACCESS FROM REAR OF SERVER)

Figure 397: Installing the Fan Tray

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 379
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Reinstalling the G4 Server

1. Place the G4 server on the tray and secure it with the strap.
2. Attach the label to indicate the upgraded NGBP board next to the existing NGBP label located on the top front of the
CIRS.
3. Reconnect server cables to the locations noted previously (see Figure 398).

Figure 398: G4 Server Connections

4. Re-connect the fiber-optic cables to the rear of the CIRS the same way they were originally connected. Figure 399
on page 381 shows the factory connection; however, your system may be different.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 380
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

NOTE Be sure to reconnect the fiber-optic to the same connectors they were disconnected from.
Figure 399 on page 381 shows the recommended connections; however, the connections on your system may
have been changed.
NOTE The fiber optic cables connect to the right-hand port of the two port connectors that is labeled “RX”.
NOTE Make sure to push the fiber-optic connectors in until they latch.

DS2 RX DS1 RX DS4 RX DS3 RX ACQUISITOR CABLE

RJ45 CONNECTOR

Figure 399: Acquisitor Cables

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 381
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

5. Push the server back into the cabinet and latch it in place.
6. Turn on the console power switch at the back of the cabinet.
7. On the Host desktop, double-click on the CIRS Folder.
8. Proceed based on the software version currently installed:
• v2.6.x / v3.5.x: in the CIRS folder window, double-click on the Recon-S1 icon or Recon-s1.rdp-shortcut.
• v3.6.x: in the CIRS folder window, double-click on the Recon-s1.rdp-shortcut icon.
9. Log on as philips_service.
10. On the CIRS server desktop, double-click on the NGBP Board Diagnostics icon. The CIRS NGBP Board
Diagnostics window opens.
11. Verify the NGBP JTAG version is the same as the one you recorded: for v2.6.x / 3.5.x / /v3.6.x in Step a on page
112.
12. If the version is not the same, click Exit, confirm exiting the NGBP diagnostic, and follow the instruction in Reload
the Acquisitor and NGBP Drivers and Firmware on page 383.
13. If you have just replaced or programmed the NGBP board, then continue with Step 4 on page 113.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 382
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Appendix F: Reload the Acquisitor and NGBP Drivers and Firmware

Re-installing the CIRS Application Software will reload the drivers and program the NGBP and Acquisitor. This will
make sure the correct files are loaded for the current version of CIRS software.

!
CAUTION The CIRS Application installation automatically loads the Acquisitor and NGBP drivers, and
updates the Acquisitor and NGBP programming. Do NOT power down or reboot the server
during the install. This could cause the board to stop functioning.
To run the installation:
1. Connect to the CIRS (see Connect to the Server Remotely on page 396).
2. On the CIRS server desktop, double-click on the CIRS Restore Current Version icon.
3. At the “Install CIRS Application Software?” prompt, click Yes.
4. Click OK on the following prompt.
5. The installation will take approximately 5 minutes to complete. Then you will be prompted that the CIRS is
rebooting. The CIRS Application Installation window will show the installation progress.
6. You will be prompted that the CIRS is rebooting, then click OK on the Remote Desktop Disconnected prompt.
7. After the server reboots, wait three minutes, then reconnect to the server through Remote Desktop.
8. After you reconnect to the server, verify you see “CIRS Application Installation Completed!” in the installation
window. Then close the window.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 383
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

9. On the CIRS desktop, double-click the Services

icon.
The Services window opens (Figure 400).
10. Double-click on the CIRS Supervisor Service
service.
The CIRS Supervisor Service Properties dialog box
opens (Figure 401 on page 385).

Figure 400: Services window

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 384
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

11. From the Startup type list, select Automatic.

12. Click Start.
13. Click OK.
14. Close the Services window.
15. Continue with Step 12 on page 382.

Figure 401:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 385
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Appendix G: Change HOST - CIRS IP Addresses

Hospital LAN Uses IP Addresses

In the event that the hospital's LAN uses the 192.168.0.XXX IP addresses, you can use 10.168.0.XXX for the CIRS
LAN. You must then change all occurrences of 192 to 10. Keep the remaining values the same.
There are four parts:
NOTE In order to change the IP address disconnect the Host computer from the Hospital network and perform the
following procedures. In case of problems with the Remote Desktop connection to the CIRS server when
performing these procedure, connect a keyboard, mouse, and monitor directly to the CIRS server.
• Change IP Addresses on the CIRS Servers on page 387
• Change Host-CIRS Connections Settings on page 388
• Configure Remote Desktop Connections for IP 10.168.x.x on page 390
• Configure SyncRight Option IP Address on page 391

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 386
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Change IP Addresses on the CIRS Servers

1. Log on to the S1 server from the Host (see Connect to the Server Remotely on page 396).
NOTE If you cannot connect using remote desktop, then connect a monitor, keyboard and a mouse to the CIRS server.
2. On the S1 desktop, double-click on the Recon icon.
3. In the Command window, type: Supervisor -sethost 10.168.0.100
4. Press Enter.
5. On the CIRS server:
a. Navigate to C:\windows\system32\drivers\etc.
b. Backup the Hosts file.
c. Right-click Hosts, and select Properties.
d. Click on Read-only to un-select it.
e. Click Apply, and then click OK.
f. Right-click Hosts, and select Open. On the Open With dialog, select Notepad and click OK.
g. In the file, change all occurrences of 192 to 10.
h. When done, click File > Save.
i. Click File > Exit.
j. Right-click Hosts, and select Properties.
k. Click Read-only to select it.
l. Click Apply, and then click OK.
m.Close the Folder window.
6. On the S1 desktop:
a. Double-click the Set IP Address icon.
b. Click Yes in the CIRS Set IP Address window when prompted.
c. On the Configure IP Address dialog, enter 10.168.0.200, then click OK. The application sets both IP
addresses.
d. The cmd window shows the progress, and then close when complete.
e. Close the remote desktop connection to S1.
459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 387
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

f. Click OK in the Disconnect Windows session.

Change Host-CIRS Connections Settings

NOTE This procedure was done by the selection of "10.168.0" during the 1-Click and normally can be skipped. It is listed
here incase that step was missed or not was not working properly.
1. On the Host computer desktop, double-click on the Olevel Interface icon to launch the O-Level Diagnostics
Panel.
The O-Level Diagnostics Panel opens.
2. Click Computer and Network Configuration.
The System Configuration window opens (Figure 402).

Figure 402:
3. Set the subnet to 10.168.0.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 388
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

4. Leave the Automatic IP address assignment field as is.

5. Click OK.
6. On the O-Level Diagnostics panel, click Exit.
7. Press the Windows + E keys.
8. Navigate to C:\Pms\Config\ScannerFramework\ReconDevice\.
9. Using Notepad, open the ReconDevice.cfg file.
10. Change the IP address to 10.168.0.XXX
11. Save and close the file.
12. Close Notepad and Windows Explorer.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 389
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Configure Remote Desktop Connections for IP 10.168.x.x

1. On the Host computer desktop, open the CIRS folder.
2. Right-click on the recon-S1.rdp-shortcut icon, and select Edit. The Remote Desktop Connection dialog box opens
(Figure 403).
3. In the Computer field, change 192 to 10.
4. Click Save As... (the Save As dialog box should default to the CIRS folder. If it does not, then browse to the CIRS
folder).
5. On the Save As dialog, select recon-S1.rdp-shortcut and click Save.
6. Click Yes at the prompt.
7. Click Cancel to close the Remote Desktop Connection dialog box.

Figure 403: Remote Desktop Connection Window

8. If the SyncRight option is installed, then continue with Configure SyncRight Option IP Address on page 391.
Otherwise skip back to Configure the Vertical S1 Server on page 144.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 390
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Configure SyncRight Option IP Address

In the event that the hospital LAN uses the 192.168.0.XXX IP addresses, use the 10.168.0.120 IP address for the
SyncRight option.

!
CAUTION Before performing any changes to the
registry, backup the registry. Use
extreme caution when you perform
the procedure below. Adhere to the Select the path where the file will be saved
instructions!
1. Press the Windows key.
2. Type regedit in the Search box, and press Enter.
The Registry Editor window opens (Figure 404).
3. Click FIle > Export....
4. Type a name for the export file in the File name field.
5. Using the Save in field, select the path for the
registry backup file.
NOTE It is recommended to save this file in
D:\temp. Type a name for the file
6. In the Export range options, select All.
7. Click Save.

Select the $OO option

Figure 404:

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 391
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

!
CAUTION Use extreme caution when you perform the procedure below. Adhere to the instructions!
8. Use the tree structure on the window’s left pane to navigate to the required setting
(HKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG\Injector\Medrad) (Figure 405).

Figure 405:
9. Make sure the setting value is correct.
Variable Name Required Value HKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG\Injector\Medrad\IpAddress 10.168.0.120
NOTE A value of .120 is not valid. A full address of 10.168.0.120 is needed.
10. If you need to modify a setting, double-click on it and change the value to 10.168.0.120.
11. Close the Registry Editor window.
12. Skip back to Configure the Vertical S1 Server on page 144.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 392
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Appendix H: Diagnose CIRS OS Installation Problems

1. What to do if the server does not power down after the first 20 minutes:
a. You are likely to hear toggling tones on an installation failure from the server's speaker or the on-board buzzer.
b. Connect a keyboard, monitor and mouse to the server.
c. There should be a dialog box displayed with an error message and one or more possible corrective actions to
take. Record the exact error message and try to implement the corrective actions to resolve or identify the failure.
d. The toggling tones can be silenced by single clicking on the command window with the mouse left button and
then pressing the Shift + S keys at the same time.
2. What to do if you can't connect to the server via Remote Desktop after the Windows setup installation:
a. Connect a keyboard, monitor and mouse to the server.
b. Look for any windows message or error dialog boxes.
c. Try to install another copy of the CD to rule out a bad CD.
d. If a login screen is visible, log On as philips_service. Did the CIRS application installation begin? If so, let it
continue and afterwards verify the network IP address configurations. If not, look for errors in the event log
(System and Application).
NOTE If a login screen is not visible, then it is likely there is a hardware issue or failure.
3. Continue with Step 4 on page 141.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 393
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Appendix I: Configure the Display Settings

This section describes how to swap the monitor display orientation, and how to configure the mouse pointer display
flow.
1. To swap the monitor displays right-click on a free area on the Desktop and select Screen Resolution (Figure 406).
The Screen Resolution window opens (Figure 407 on page 394).

Figure 406:

Figure 407: Setting up Multiple Displays

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 394
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

2. Place the mouse pointer over the display icon for the right monitor, click and hold and then drag it towards the
second display.

Click, hold and drag

Figure 408:

3. Click on the display icon for the left

monitor and then check the option
Make this my main display.
4. Click Apply to confirm.
5. Click OK.
Figure 409:
6. If the Apply Changes message
appears click Yes before the message
disappears (Figure 409).

7. Click OK to close the Screen Resolution window.

8. If your Host computer is T7400 continue with Activate Windows Operating System on page 138.
9. If your Host computer is T5500 continue with Validate the Installation on page 154.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 395
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Appendix J: Connect to the Server Remotely

1. Open the CIRS folder on the Host desktop.

2. Double-click the Recon S1.rdp-shortcut icon
(Figure 410).
NOTE If the warning message shown in Figure 410: recon-S1.rdp-shortcut
Figure 411 does not appear, then skip to
Step c on page 397.
a. Select (check) the option Don’t ask me
again for remote connections to this
computer.
b. Click Connect in the security warning.

Figure 411: Remote Desktop Connection Security Warning

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 396
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

c. At the Windows Security prompt, log On as

philips_service (Figure 412).
d. Click OK.

Figure 412: Log on dialog

NOTE If the warning message shown in
Figure 413 appears, then continue with
the following steps:
e. Select (check) the option Don’t ask me
again for remote connections to this
computer.
f. Click Yes in the security warning.

Figure 413: Remote Desktop Connection

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 397
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.x Upgrade to v4.1 with IMR Option Installation Manual Rev B

Appendix K: Recreate the Hospital-LAN Network Connection

In order to recreate the Hospital-LAN connection:

1. Click Change adapter settings (Figure 414).

Hospital-LAN should be
listed here

Figure 414:

The Network Connections window opens (Figure 415 on page 399).

459800486581 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 398
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.x Upgrade to v4.1 with IMR Option Installation Manual Rev B

2. Right-click on the Broadcom NetXtreme 57xx network connection, and select Rename.

Figure 415:
3. Rename this network connection to Hospital-LAN.
4. Press Enter.
5. Close the Network Connections window.
6. Make sure that the Hospital-LAN network connection now appears in the Network and Sharing Center window.
7. Skip back to IP Address and Link Speed Setting on page 218

459800486581 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 399
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Appendix L: Dell T7400 Installing 8GB Memory

Tools
• Standard FSE tool kit
• Anti-Static Field Service kit

Estimated Time
One half hour

Memory Kit Contents

NOTE The memory kit installation is required for Dell T7400 Hosts only.

Table 24: T7400 Memory Upgrade Kit

Item # Part Number Name Comments

1. 455011602931 ENH PERFORMANCE 7400

2. 459800378621 Label, 8GB Upgrade for T7400

To be attached to the Host computer cover that is
removed to open the computer.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 400
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Computer Safety
Use the following safety guidelines to help protect your computer system from potential damage and to ensure your
own personal safety.
NOTE Refer to the Safety Guidelines manual for information regarding electrostatic protection.

WARNING Before disconnecting a device from the computer, wait 10 to 20 seconds after
disconnecting the computer from its electrical outlet. Before removing a component
from the system board, verify that the standby power light on the system board has
turned off.
To locate this light, see the interior service label.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 401
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

ESD—Anti-Static Field Service Kit

The field service kit is designed to connect a field service engineer and the static-dissipative work mat to the same
ground point. The wrist strap and the dissipative mat drains any static charges from the body and from any conductive
objects placed on the mat, and prevents the generation of any new static charges.

When Working Inside Your Computer

Before you open the computer cover, perform the following steps in the sequence indicated.
NOTE Do not attempt to service the computer yourself, except as explained in this manual. Always follow installation
and service instructions closely.
1. Turn OFF the computer and any peripherals.
2. Disconnect your computer and devices from their power sources. Also, disconnect any network lines from the
computer. Doing so reduces the potential for personal injury or shock.
3. Wear an ESD wrist band, and clip it to an unpainted metal surface, such as the padlock loop on the back of the
chassis.If an ESD wrist band is not available, ground yourself by touching an unpainted metal surface on the
chassis, such as the power supply, to discharge any static charge from your body before touching anything inside
your computer. Also avoid touching components or contacts on a card and avoid touching pins on a chip.
4. Before disconnecting a peripheral device from the computer, wait 10 to 20 seconds after disconnecting the
computer from its electrical outlet and verify that the standby power light on the system board has turned off.
In addition, take note of these safety guidelines when appropriate:
• When you disconnect a cable, pull on its connector or on its strain- relief loop, not on the cable itself. Some cables
have a connector with locking tabs; if you are disconnecting this type of cable, press in on the locking tabs before
disconnecting the cable. As you pull connectors apart, keep them evenly aligned to avoid bending any connector
pins. Also, before you connect a cable, make sure both connectors are correctly oriented and aligned.
• Handle components and cards with care. Do not touch the components or contacts on a card. Hold a card by its
edges or by its metal mounting bracket. Hold a component such as a CPU chip by its edges, not by its pins.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 402
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Protecting Against Electrostatic Discharge

Static electricity can harm delicate components inside your computer. To prevent static damage, discharge static
electricity from your body before you touch any of your computer's electronic components, such as the CPU. You can
do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.
As you continue to work inside the computer, periodically touch an unpainted metal surface to remove any static charge
your body may have accumulated.
You can also take the following steps to prevent damage from electrostatic discharge (ESD):
• When unpacking a static-sensitive component from its shipping carton, do not remove the component from the
antistatic packing material until you are ready to install the component in your computer. Just before unwrapping the
antistatic packaging, be sure to discharge static electricity from your body and always be grounded.
• When transporting a sensitive component, first place it in an antistatic container or packaging.
• Handle all sensitive components in a static-safe area. If possible, use antistatic floor pads and workbench pads.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 403
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Installing the Memory Modules

1. Log off and switch OFF the Host computer.

2. Disconnect the power cable from the computer.
3. Wait for 20 seconds.
4. If you have installed a padlock through the padlock
ring on the back panel, remove the padlock.
5. Put on an ESD wrist band, and clip it to an
unpainted metal surface, such as the padlock loop
on the back of the chassis.
6. Slide the opening latch to the right and pull the
cover (Figure 416).
NOTE While you work, periodically touch any
unpainted metal surface on the computer to
dissipate any static electricity that could
harm internal components.
Figure 416: Opening the Dell T7400 Side Cover
7. Remove the CPUs and memory cover by
unscrewing the 2 captive screws (Figure 417).
Put the cover aside

Figure 417: Removing the CPUs and memory cover

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 404
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Installing the 8GB Memory on Dell T7400

1. Remove the memory fan and put it aside

(Figure 418).
NOTE There is no need to disconnect the fan’s
power cable.

Figure 418: Remove the memory fan

2. Remove the existing 4 memory modules (1 GB
each) that are inserted into the memory slots on the
mother board: DIMM 1 to DIMM 4 (Figure 419).

DIMM 1

DIMM 8

Figure 419: Existing 4GB Memory Modules

NOTE Each pair of memory slots (DIMMs) are

called a Memory Bank (Figure 420). Each
Memory Bank must have the same type of
memory card installed. Memory Bank

Figure 420: Memory Bank

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 405
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

3. Install the new memory modules supplied with the kit (2GB each) on the mother board: DIMM 1 to DIMM 4
(Figure 419 on page 405).
a. Align the notch (Figure 420 on page 405) on the bottom of
the module with the crossbar in the connector.
b. Insert the modules firmly into place.
c. Lock the modules into place by using the side latches.

Figure 421: Memory Module Alignment

!
CAUTION Make sure both side latches are secured correctly! The latches are secured when they are aligned
with the latches of the other pre installed modules.
4. Reinstall the memory modules fan (Figure 418 on page 405).
5. Reinstall the CPUs and memory cover (Figure 417 on page 404).
6. Reinstall the computer side cover (Figure 416 on page 404).
7. Attach the memory upgrade label supplied with 8GB Memory Upgrade kit.
8. Reconnect the power cable.
9. Power up your computer and follow the instructions in Configuring the Memory on page 407.
10. Scrap the removed memory modules according to local regulations.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 406
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.
Ingenuity Series / Brilliance 64 v2.6.x / v3.5.x / v3.6.x / v4.0.x Upgrade to iPatient (v4.1) Option Installation Manual Rev B

Configuring the Memory

1. During start up before Windows loads, the computer will stop to

notify you that the RAM in the computer has changed.
Press the F1 key when asked to “Strike F1 to continue...”.
2. Log On as philips_service.
3. Navigate to C:\Pms\Support and double-click the
PagefileConfiguration icon (Figure 422).

Figure 422:
4. After the script window closes, restart Windows.
5. Log On as philips_service.
6. Right-click My Computer and select Properties.
7. Select the General tab and look under Computer to make sure that
you have 8 GB of RAM (Figure 423).
8. The Memory Upgrade is now complete. Skip back to Estimated Figure 423:
Time on page 26.

459800486591 © 2013 Koninklijke Philips N.V. All Rights Reserved CSIP Level 1 407
Attention: This page contains copyrighted materials that are confidential and/or proprietary. Any release or distribution of this material, without permission, is a violation of law.